b737 operations manualghy

272

Click here to load reader

Upload: dpatterson1415

Post on 04-Apr-2015

560 views

Category:

Documents


23 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: B737 Operations Manualghy

/ '

S?tY w J!!5h"p!! -=. -zmm ,- -. .. .- . ,. .., -

-. I:: ES . . . -, . r

Page 2: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 3: B737 Operations Manualghy

~ i f t . ~ ~ , M w . ~ J d f a ~ s t f ~ . f l ~ a M . m(fi). ~i - ruooia. 5 d ~ : 2031 002518fiZ618028a k 3 : 2836 4Eq3 I

ta l m, lmhl Blrlldlnp, Mdcm€Lhavin, Opplnaan 011 Depot. Murnbal hr ior l , Sahar (East). M u m h . JDO 099. Tel.: 2881 8 8 2 5 J 8 8 2 8 I888 mFu:2836 4043

Direclor I;cne~?J 01- Civil Avi,~lio~l . ,.

Civil Aviation Departlllcl~l Technical CcuLre OPIL S~afrlarjur~l: Airl~oll NE\-If DEl.1-ll - 'I '10 003

Page 4: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . AIR-INDIA CHARTEB LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL . -

. - .. ---- ' PREFACE

1

Operations Manual has hen prepaied in conformity wih the Rule 1408 of the Indian Aircraft Rules 1937, CAR Section 2 Series '0' Part 'X', Rev.2 dated 17th March, 2004 and ICAO Annex 8, to provide adequate guidance, specific instructions and van'ous opratlonal polides for personnel connected wilh fligM operations to discharge their duties promptly, effectively snd efficiently.

If any Infonna~on contained In this doment !s at variance or contradictory to any statulaw document e.g. AlrcfaH Rules, Chil Aviation Requirements, Advisory Circulars, Aeronautical Information Circulars, A.I.P. etc., the content of statutory documenls will take precedence end shall be binding.

Under routlne wndltions slrici cumplianm is required with all applicable government regulations. Nevertheless, nothing in this manual however carefully outlined and precisely adhered to, can replace the exercise of good judgement in case of emergency o! wlrc!~~ cn~~rlilifins dictala.

Suggestions lor improving the contents and creating a. better outline for (light operalions are requested. All personnel are also requested to keep in n~ind al all times, lhe 'ODJECTIVES' of Air-India Charters while discharging their duties.

Page 5: B737 Operations Manualghy

.. .

A 1R-INDIA CHA RTERS I;l M I TED -

OPERATIONS M AN11 AI ,

l S T Floor, IFSD Building. Medicon-Bhavan, Oyp. Indian Oil Depot, ' Mumbai Airport, Sa har, Andheri-B, Mumbai - 400 099

Tel:28318825/8826/8828*Fnw:28364643 .

Page 6: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CIWZTERS LIMITED . OPERATTONS MANUAL

MISSION OF AIR I N D I A CHARTERS PAGE-Ol 1

GENERAL

Air-india Char(- l imitd is a Company registered under the Companfs Ad 1956.

Airindia Charters limited operates r-r si;heduted'se~e and also operates several schedddcharter flighls.

Air India Charters Md. has ob(ained a vdd Alr Operators Permit (AOP),iissued by the DGCA WI c ~ d a l Alr Tkmprt Opefatiorss are conducted in accordance with -the conditions and limitations as s w e d in the AOP. The AOP has k e n issued corrsequdnt to AlCL demonsbating an adequate organwon, methad of control and Flight operations supenri* Tralning Programme as dl as Ground handling and Maintenance arrangements &mt with Lhe OOCA rqtirments. . . The AOP validiy of the AOP &dl d m on AICL maintaining the requirements of OGCA

The AOP shall contain the following information

a) 'Name'daddressoftheqnwator b) Date and issue of tlw AOP. . : C) . Validity ol the AOP d) Naturedoperations e) Aircrafl type along with the manufadurers serial number and seating capacity f) Authokd m a s of qmtionslmdes

Air-Mia Charlers Limited airtxall and aewwrry the nation's flag to variws countries oi the world. To thousands of people in these countries, Air-India Charters Limited and its staff are synonymous with India and lheir judgment of the countrj will largely depend on their oplnion of the Company, staff and operational efficiency. II is, therefore, natwal hat the standard of d u d expected of kew whilst on duty. is of tho high order and Commanders of the Cwnpanfs aiteiafi wlll always endeavour lo glve the right lead and guidance to other members of the crew.

The prime objective of Air-India Charters Limited Is 'to provide safe, efficient. adequate, economical and properly ~qrdhated aittransport services'. In carrying outlhis objectiw, the C.ompany is to act so far as may be on business principles.

The continued progre!;s and proswrity of Air-India Charlers Umited depends on its satSdadbry ptdormanoe of its prime duly, iir the safe and eficient lransportation of passengers, ,mail and cargo. To retain tb value of lhis service and to attract the W i n g public, % Is impwative that four fadors are constantly kept In view by all lhose concerned with the Contpnfs flight operations. These factors an:

i) Safety

i Passenger comfort

Page 7: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 8: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 9: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 10: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 11: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 12: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 13: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 14: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 15: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 16: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I SECTION - ..

! 17-1.2

TABLE OF CONTENTS . CONTENTS PAGE

CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING THE USABILIM OF AERODROMES METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AERODROME OPERATING MINIMA EN-ROUTE OPERATING MINIMA FOR Vf R FLIGHT PRESENTATION AND APPLICATION OF AERODROME AND EN- ROUTE OPERATING MINIMA INTERPRETATION OF METEQROLOGICAL !NFORncfATION' D E T E R M ~ N A T I O ~ OF THE QUANTITIES OF FUEL AND 011. CARRIED MASS AN0 BALANCE CONTROL ATS'FLIGHT PMNNING FORMS OPERATIONAL FLlGHT PLAN A~PPLANE TECHNICAL LOG DOCUMENTS, DOCUMENTS TO BE CARRIED ON BOARD EQUIPM~NT TO BE CARRIED BY AIR CREW TAXIING RESTRl,CTlONS FLIGHT PROCEDURES VFR I IFR P0LIC.Y VFR FLIGHTS IFR FLIGHTS. INSTRUMENT FLlGHT PROCEDURES A L T E R ~ T E AERODROMES NAVlGATtONAi PROCEDURES LONG RANGE NAVIGATION - MNPS (MINIMUM NAVlGATtQN PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) HAVtGATION PROCEDURES RNAV IN-FLIGHT RE-PLANNING PROCEDURES IN THE EVENT OF SYSTEM DEGRADATION RVSM ALTIMETE~ S E - ~ I N G AND CHECKING PROCEDURE MAINTEWANCE OF ALTITUDE AWARENESSAND USE OF. AUTOMATED OR FLIGHT CREW CALLOU~TS FUEL.MONITCRlNG - ADVERSE WEATHER OPERATlONS FROM RUNWAYS CONTAMINATED WITH SNOW, SLUSH OR WATER THUNDERSTORMS FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS TURBULENCE (CAT) ' WIND SHEAR JET STREAM VO LCANl C ASH HEAVY PRECIPITATION SAND STORMS MOUNTAIN WAVES

- .WAKE TURBULENCE .

CREW MEMBER DUNSTATIONS

15.09.2006 PAGE 7

Page 17: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS I SECTION CONTENTS PAGE I

USE OF SEAT BELT I HARNESS FLIGHT CREW CABIN CREW PASSENGERS FASTEN SEAT BELT SIGN ADMISSION TO FLIGHT DECK : COCKPIT DOOR COCKPIT DISCIPLINE COCKPIT JUMP SEATS FLIGHT INSPECTORS I OTHERS INCAPACITATION OF CREW MEMBERS CABIN SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PASSENGER BRIEFINGS, INSTRUCTIONS AND COMMUNICATION OZONE / SOLAR RADIATION ALL WEATHER OPERATIONS ETOPS USE OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LlST (MEL) AND CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LlST (CDL) . NON-REVENUE FLIGHTS TRAINING FLIGHTS TEST FLIGHTS FERRY FLIGHTS INCLUDING DELIVERY AND POSITIONING DEMONSTRATION FLIGHTS IN FLIGHT OBSERVATIONS AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS DURING MONSOONS PROCEDURE FOR REIAYING WEATHER INFORMATION

USE OF NORMAL CHECKLISTS USE OF NORMAL CHECKLISTS

DEPARTURE CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES

SINGLE ENGINE PROCEDURES - TAKEOFF STANDARD NOISE ABATEMENT PROCEDURES

ALTITUDE AWARENESS I AUTO-CALLOUT

ALTITUDE ALERTING SYSTEM PROCEDURES

-USE OF AUTO PILOT AND ATS IN IMC FLIGHT

USE OF AUTO PILOT AND ATS IN IMC FLIGHT 21 -1

ACCEPTANCE OF ATC CLEARANCE

INSTRUCTIONS ON CtARIFlCATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF 22-A ATC CLEARANCES

TAKE OFF AND APPROACH BRIEFING

TAKE OFF BRIEFING APPROACH BRIEFING

ROUTE I DESTINATION FAMILIARIZATION

DETAILS OF ROUTWDESTINATION FAMILIARIZATION 24-1 \ .+I

PAGE 8

Page 18: B737 Operations Manualghy

1 SECTION

CHAPTER-25

25-1 25-2 25-3 2-

CHAPTER-26

26-1

CHAPTER-27

27-1

CHAPTER-28 28-1. '

CHAPTER.29

29-1

CHAPTE R-30

30-1.1 30-1.2 30-1.3 30-2.1

- 30-2.2 30-2.3 30-2.4 ,

30-2.5 30-3,1 30-3.2

CHAPTER91

31-1. -35-1.1 31-1.2 31 -1.3 31-2.1 . 31-2.2 31 -2.3

OPERATIONS MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS -

. - CONTENTS -PAGE I

STABLlZED APPROACH

STABLIZED APPROACH 25-1 APPROACH' BECOMING DESTABLISED . . 25-1 MANDATORY MISSED APPROACH 25-1 MISSED APPRQPCH REPORT 25-1

,HIGH RATE OF DESCENT

DETAILS OF HIGH KATE OF DESCENT 26-1 . -

CONDITIONS FOR lMC PROCEDURE

INSTRUCTIONS ON INSTRUMENT APPROACHES 27-1

PRECISION AND NON-PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURES CONDUCT OF P~ECISION AND NON-PRECISION APPROACHE$ 28-1 TASK SHARING DURING IMC APPROACHILAND~NG

CFIT-AVOIDANCE AND'GPWS PROCEDURES

INSTALLATION OF GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM CONTROLLED FUGHT INTO TERRAIN (CFIT). STRAIGHT IN ILS APPROACHES IN IMC, -

CFIT RISK REDUCTION : RADAR ENVIRONMENT ' : MINIMUM ALTITUDE INSTRUMENT APPROACH TO LAND PROCEDURE APPROACHES FACTORS CAUSING CFIT ACCIDENTS CFIT AND USE OFGPWS '

ACAS 1 TCAS

COLL~SION AVOIDANCE coLtrsloN AVOIDANCE WITH GF~OUND INTRODUCTION AVOIDANCE OF COLUSION WlTH THE GROUND RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMANDER CHECKING POSITION WHEN APPROAGHINQ COLLISION AVOIDANCE WlTH OTHER AIRCRAFT IN CASE TCAS NOT AVAlUBLE PURPOSE . . BACKGROUND ACTION AIRBORNE CCiLl SiON AVOIDANCE SYSTEM(ACAS) FLIGHT CREW ACTION FOR TRAFFIC AVOIDANCEWARNING AIRBORNE COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM TRAINING ACAS

INSTRUCTIONS TO PIC ON INTERCEPTION OF AIC

l NTERCEPTION OF CIVIL AIRCRAFT 32- 1 AN AIRCRAFT IS INTERCEPTED BY ANOTHER AIRCRAFT 32-1

. . 15.09.2006 PAGE 9

Page 19: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 20: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 21: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 22: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 23: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 24: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 25: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 26: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 27: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 28: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR lNDlA CHARTERS UMlTED ' OPERATIONS MANUAL

I ABBREVIATtONS

- . . L M

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE LIMIT ----

PASSENGER OPERATING WGIGI4T EMPTY

. P PAX ----- PIC PILOT-I N -COMMAND -- -- -- --- PSO -- PERSONAL SECURITY OFFICE%

LTOM MEL MNPS

I .

LOWER TAKE-OFF MINIMA ,. .

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIS-T' - - ' -'--

MtNlMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPEClFlCATtON

Page 29: B737 Operations Manualghy

I

- ' AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED . I

Q R UK . W O TEEPHONY

m v . AREANAV~GATIO~~ . . . .

- RVR RUNWAY VISLIAL. ~ G E ; '. - - RVSM .REWCkDKRflCALSEPARATlON MlNlMUM, . - S SOL STAFF ON WVE

SPG. . ~ P ~ T I O N G R O U P - . STD STANDARDT~QFFMINIMA

... U 7

.

w . . -. --

- z

UNM .

VFR WP us. , - VMC

UNACCOM?ANIED.MINOR ' ' . *

VISUAL FMHT RUSS VERY I M P O R ~ A ~ ~ PERSON - VlSlHl v l s U A L ~ ~ O L 6 G ~ C A L ... CONDITIONS .

Page 30: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHART= LIMITED . I

.:'.j .., .... ICI€AFTER-O ADMINISTRATLON~DCOKTROLOPOPBRATlONS MANUAL PAGE 0-11

.i: .I 0-1 LNTRODUCTION

The Operations Manual has been prepared as per pule 1408 of the Indian Aircratt . 'Rule, 1937, CAR Section 2, Series '0, Pad x,''~evision 2 dated 17' March, 2004 and ICAO Annex 6 in the format recornhendd in I ~ A O EOCS 9376-AN1914. A copy of. this manual will be c=am'ed on board the aircraft. .

REOUIREMENT FOR AN OPEMTIONS MANUAL

As requird under the provisions of Annex 6, Part I and Part Ill and the CAR, this Manual has been'provided for the use and guidance of Operations perSonnet.

VQ1,UMFS OF A N OPERATIONS MANUAL [COMFOS~[OH OF OPERATIONS MANUAL]

. < * :

i) Operations Manual Part A: Operalions Manual Vol. 1 8 Vol. 11

ii) Operations Manual Par1 B: " . Flight Crew' Operations Manual

8737-800- MEL, DDPG & CDL .: Quick Fieference Handbook

iii) . Operalions Manual Part C: Jeppesen Route Manuals

iv) Operations Manual .Pad D: Operations Training Manual

AUTHORITY This Manual is issued under Lhe authority of Director - Operations. All concerned with operation of aircraft are required to strictly mmply with these irlstnrclions.. Its contents shdl no1 be deemed to supercede any instruclions cantained in

1. hrcrafl Ma~~ual (Ir~dia) 2. CARS , . 3. Alps (India) 1. AtCs 5. Ai:plane Right Manual 6. Air Safety Cjrculars

All concer!lcd in [!I= flight operalions rilusl c o n ~ ~ l ~ with Il:e la~vs, regulations, procedures nl lhose slates ir! wlricll the operations are conduclcd. Inforn~ation on l;~~slrcgulalions is avsilal~le i r~ Jcppescn Roulc M3nv.d.

Page 31: B737 Operations Manualghy

- .

AIR-INbU CIYARTEW LIMITED , .

/$:.-; -.?. , .-...., OPERATIONS MANUAL ?'..'.1 . . ..: . ,.. . ~ P A ~ E - o - ~ ADMINISfRA~NAND~OLOFOPERATlONSMANUAL CHAPTER-0 1

DISTRINUT1ON OF OPERATIONS MANUAL

, - . ., 'Distribution of Ws ~anual indude, bul is no! limited lo the following: i-

I. O.G.CA (INMA)' , . : . . I ,... ,:.>:. 2. €a& FligM Cmw Member .$I . . .-. A.... --. . . -

3. 4

. . On board each MnIbht &patdm 4m ,.

5. Any olher person, department. &ency, e l . (ha1 the Operations DepartmRIl mnslders su'eh b n o e is necessary.

, .

. . : [.; : ; , . .. Each p e r m lo whom a manual or appropriate part thereof is furnished has an

. .. . . :.. :' .:....:: assigned.@l nqber and shall keep # up to date with lhe changes and additions . :-.- : ... W h e d , h. jeyisipns WQ IH hs%rted wh0.n remived and the receipt provided will be , .. . mi.:.>. returned kcehiQhg such inktian. .... .-::: . . , . ..-<.:, .;5;;<

0 4 CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL - , - . - .

Operations. Department ml keep l i~e record oi distribution of all conlrolled copies of i the Operetim~ Manual Pa? I.

" The amendments to Operations Manual shall be issued under supervision of manager (FH.Ops.)l(Admin.) as au(hwised blj Chief of Operatiqns. . .

. . ' 11 a minor mrredon or some typographical err& is to be correcled, a cirwlar-

combining all such cotredions will be issued and holdem o i Manuals will be required to effed these corrections in their copi&.s. However any change in important opera5o~at policy will a k y s b issued as an amendment. .

.Operations Department shall e k r e that amendment wpies are distributed to all ancemed for updaUng of the Operations Manual.

Though all eKMs wifl be made to issueldistribute amendments to all concerned, all .cqncemed are advised lo deck and obtain amendments from Tech. Doc. SecIion of Operations Department, Sanla Cruz and keep their copy fully amended for reference.

~me"dmenls lo the Operalions Manual, Pad I, will always be issued as 11cw or replacement pages. Handviritten arne'ndments and revisions are not permi tied exept in siluations requiring immediate amendment or revision in the interesl of safety. Such temprary amendments should'beaoth~hi~aTed by signatbte-and stamp o l Manager (Fll.Ops)l{Admin) or as autl~orised by Chief o l Operations.

Page 32: B737 Operations Manualghy

' .. ... :. :.;.>"-,..:. .... : .....,. '.i. ...'.. - - - ,.....,.......-., - - . . - . - . . I - . --. I.... - ......... -.--:<; ..,.>.. :<.. - -:. .. . .. .. ... .>..<. . - .- .,-,-.-.., , , ,..,.,......*.-...2;.-.>;.. -..,- .,., ., ,.;,.;,.,. ... -.. ;.. ,..... -, .rl.L .L......, .,.. ., .a+;-:.:.:-:.:,+ .,.,...-l.-,: #,.,. :.:.>:,:.:.:,:.:.:.>:cr..:c :,.,:.: ;-j-;: jj.-j l.i!,-, ~.~~nI:::.:.~.:.-.-.~.-.-.~.-.. 2.:- - .- - - - . :'. - - - - - . - - . -. - - ...P ........- = .-.. . . . ,- ... ... .. . ...... -.., , ..,. - A..%..,..v.,...-......-.., 3:.:!.:.>i?>-..*>>...-...: <<.......v *. <a.a.-. x.>:.::!.!<<~...& . .. .. ..-. . .-

, AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPETCATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - I RESPONSIB~LITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL PAGE 1-1 I

ORGANISATION STRUCTURE

The chairman of Air India is also the cpairrnan of AICL. Authority to control all the operational activities in Air-India Charters Ltd. rests with the Chief Operating Omcer. He is assisted by Chief of Operations, Coordinator Operations, Chief of Trairijng, Chief of Engineering and- Chief of Commercial. The functions of Finance, HR, lntemal Audit, Ground Handling, Materials Management and Security will be handled by senior managers from Air India in addition to their normal duties.

In the absence of any of the above executives, their duties will be coordinated by the other available executives as directed by the Chief Opeqting Officer.

The Chief ~peiating'~.Officertridll,als~ be:as$istedi by €be Chief of Air Safety and Engineering Quality qontrol , , . . . . who . . w]ll:qeport directly to him. .. - 7 . . a . . .

The Chief of Operations will have,oveyll responsibility of operations control and supeniision for sriiooth, safe arid eficienl'conduct 'of jligfit'operatim. 'He shnu[dkbe Or have .been a pilot- helding 'a professional pi lot, l i~e~se, who, in all operational 'matters wlll ak as Haison . . betweeifthe Company & fhe"Civil'Aviation ~dministration.

. . . . He is assisted by f he'following:- . .

a> Flight Operations Manager - He will be.responsible for all flight operations Including conformation and enf~rcement . . of requirements of DGCA, fb'i safe and efficient operation.

I I

b) ~n-f l i~ht 'Seivicis ~ a n & r . - ' H e l ~ h e is -r&sponiiblekr'en&in$ availibility 3 - cabin crew. He wlll also be. respbnslble foi fohulatjon and .enforcement of

requirements of DGCA, .ensuring standards of in-flight proficiency necessary for ,safe and efficient operation.

. - -. . . C ) ManageiFlight Despatch,- He k-responsible far all matters related to flight despatch functions and for enforcing all requirements, of DGCA, necessary for safe and efficient operatioris.

d) Manager Crew Scheduling (Cockpit and Cabin Crew) - He is responsible for ensuring the availablllty of sutbbly qualfied drew for all flights, scheduling' their refresher training requirernenl, FDTL and programming.

Page 33: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 34: B737 Operations Manualghy

, , .. , . .. . . . , .:..;.:.;.:i,:;::c:.j:i:.~.i:.;,:i.;.:.:.;-.-.-... ;....., .... ..: -.-,> .>.:-. . .>-.. ..:.: .;: .. .-. .-:...;:.:.: .:.:.....-...,:.:. . -:: >..:.,+..> .....;. .:.:. .-.-.,::..,:. - :.. '-;;.:.>:.:.;.::.:+:..> -.-.,. -...:&..v...:2..:-,. 2- .-. -; - .- -.- ...,.. . ., --.,. .. .. .- ---. ---. .-- ,~-.-.-.-..,....-.-,- .;,. ..L 'I-... ~.:.r.~;-.-,~;.*.-.~.-.-,:.~.-.-.-. . .-.,-.-,-.-~..-?...~.-:.~. <<..<. ::.-.-.-;::. ... .. ,..., ;.. x.:-.. .-.. -;.c ,...... -... . . . . .-: .. - .., ---.--.-.-.-..-<.., ..,.. -,. ...,,. ..,. ..,. . . . A-...-:~:.:.:i:-:.:.;-Icc/>: .....-.--....-.. ..... . . - . - . - ,. :.. . . . . . . . .,

Page 35: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDLA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS' MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 1 RESPONSlBlLlTtES OF'OPERATJONS PERSKN(EL PAGE 1-3 I 1 1-2.1.3 MANAGER FLIGHT OPERATIONS The duties of !he Flight Operations Manager will

be as follows-

iii)

iv]

i) ' vii)

vi ii)

To recommend operations policies and flight procedures to the Chief of Operations so as to malntain a high sfandard of flight operations. To ensure that national and International regulations affecting operations of aircraft are complied withi-" To determine whefher the facilities and services required for etficient operation of scheduled and non-scheduled flights throughout our network are adequate and initiate action for their improvement as deemed nemssaty. To liaise with Government, DGCA, IATA, AlrcraWEngine Manufacturers and other airlioeslorganisations with a view to improving the operational standards. Ta iiaise with Englneering with regard to technical issues concerning performance, systems, navigation, MEUCDL, cockpit layout, etc. To fake action on flight crew reports. To analyse delays, diversions, over flylng, technical land/ng etc, and take corrective action as necessary. Evaluation & finalisation of jet fuel contracts for all onlinel alternate airports in our network. To supervise the functions of the SSB. To ensure renewals of the Air Operatbr's Permit, Aircraft Insurance. To cpordinate with the Ground Sewices to make ground handling arrangements at all our onlinel alternate airports in our network. Any other matter assigned by the Chief of Operations. .

I -$-2.1.4 MANAGER FLIGHT DISPATCH The manager Flight Despatch is responsible for I the following functions:-

.To ensure. the safe, regular and efficient operation of flights and to maintain high standards in work and discipline amongst all staff of the Flight Despatch

To formulate Flight Despatch pojicias and supervision of Flight Despatch activities throughout our network, To ensure that copies of Operations Manuals, Technical Manuals, Route Facility Manuals, etc. held and used in,the Division are amended from time to time and . ~aintained upto-date. To ensure'that the docurneit$manuals requlred for a flight, are updated and

.canied:p?@ard the aiflr,gff prior fq despatch from base. TO take up with concernedauth$ities any k f i ~ i $ ~ c i e s observed in respect d aerodro~es, route fqciutie$,' :comtyunicaf!ons, ' radio aids, navigation, . .J - ~eteohloglc;al services: ATC unlts; etc; ' TO work in dose cojlaboration with other Divisions and the Commercial (Traffic)

, and Englneering In matters of mutual Interest. To ensure smooth functioning of Flight Despatch and Movement Control at airports. To plan duties of Officers on round-th&clock bask during low visibility seasons to take prompt decisions & llaise with the Control CelV CommercIaV Engineering Departments for optimum operations during diversions etc.

Page 36: B737 Operations Manualghy

... > . - .> ... :;:.:.:: OPBRATIONS MANUAL

.:.;.:.; ... - - ..+l.; I PAGE 14 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL CHAPTER - 1 I .- _ . -. I

:.-.- - . ::.: i) To maintain high standards in work and discipline amongst all officers1 staff of crew

scheduling. He will be responsible for all crew scheduling work and compliance of Flight Duty Tlme LimRations.(FDTL) and maintenance of these records.

ii) To release the personnel advised by Dps WIgr (Trg) for local checks, Simulator, route cheeks, refresher courses, etc. as the case may be. . .. -,-, ., .-. *.:. . . - . ... . -.. hi) To release the personnel for periodic medical checks as advised by Ops Mgr (Trg).

.. . . , iv) To ensure adequate distribution of flying amongst flight crew. . . Y) Formulating crew rosterfng pa'ttem and postings, when required. ..: . . ..... . .. ,. *.> .

,.,.+ . =-! wi) Releasing tfm fllght programme.

- I ,' . . .

k) To advise Ops Mgr (Flt Ops.)l Ops Mgr(Admin) with regard to the requirements of fllght despatchers/ flight' despatch facilities1 offices within our network of operations.

X) Any other matter assigned bylhe Chief of Operations.

.. -

1 1-2.2.2 His rpaponsibiliUes are llsted below-

1-21.5 MANAGER CREW SCHEDULING kockplt and Cabin Crew):- The Manager Crew

1 I

i) To fornulate and enforce, within the requlrements of the DGCA, standards of flight proficiency and general proficiency necessary for the safe and efficient operation 'of all types- of aircraff In use in the aidlne by company fllght personnel and ground personnel.

I i] Execution of trainlig' -'plans and programmes for the flight operations personnel. Such training will include Command ~raining, Endorsement Training, Tralning of Examiners, Flight Instructors, Check Pilots, flight safety for OpemtinglCabin Grew and the Training of f llght Despatch Personnel. He will also amnge refresher courses and proficiency checks of flight crew etc. as pet DGCA requlrements. . .

iil) Overall superylslon and wordinalion of all training .activities of the entire ' organlsatlon including trklning'of AME'd, Engineers, 'Sewnty personnel, Load . & Trim Staff and Ground Services personnel.

Iv) Maintain full and up to date records of the tralning and licensing status of the Fllght Opemtlons personnel.

v) TO prepare tralnlng curricula for all types of aircraft operated by the Company ' and keep It upto-date, taking into consideration latest operating technique,

experlenee, Instructions and directions of the DGCA vi) Maintenance of all tralnlng aids lnduslve of Simulators. vir) Internal audit check of all trainlng I licensing tasks.

i jfcj Scheduling Is responsible for the following functions:- <;<; 4 -2-.:.:.

1-2.2.1 The Chief of training is responsible for the overall training requirements of all departments. He is to coordinate, plan and ensure implementation of the plan for all training sctivitles In wnsubtion with other departments. He will be assisted by staff detailed from various departments in imptementing the training plan.

I

Page 37: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA C£MRT€RS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 1 RESPONS181LITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL PAGE j-5 , .

viii)

. x) .

xi)

xii)

xiii)

xiv)

~1

To c~ardinate with the Department of Air Safety on various activities relating to Permanent Investigation Board, Safety promotions and other safety related matters. He will, as appropriate; issue technical, operational, administrative & navigational circulars, maps, charts, Flight Manuals and all other documents necessary for the safe and effjcient operation of a flight and ensure up-to-date status of Flight Manuals and all other documents necessary for the safe and efficient operation of flights. He will ensure prompt distribution. of information as regards flight safety and aviation securii issues received from DGCA, IATA, manufacturers etc. He will ensure all operational requirements for operations to new airports/ new routes are met with. To supervise & ensure that all flight operations are conducted as per existing procedures. To assist the Chief Operating Officer in matters pertaining to administration, planning and formulation of policies. To ensure that all flight crew maintain a high standard of airmanship and proficiency In day to day operations. Any other matter asslgned by the Chief Operating ,Officer.

For each flight, the Operator shall designate one pilot to act as PIC.

a) The Pilot-in-Command shall be responsible for the operation and safety of the aeroplane and for the safety of'all persons on board, during period of command.

b) The Pilot-in-Command shall' ensure that the approved checklists are complied with. c) The Pilot-in-Command shall be responsible for notifying the nearest appropriate

authority by the quickest available means of any accident involving the aeroplane, resulting in serious injury or death of any person or substantial damage to the aeroplane or property.

d) . The Pilot-in-Command shall be responsible for reporting a!l known or suspected defects in the aeroplane, to the operator, at the termination of the flight.

e) The Pilot-in-Command shall be respons W o r wrtifyinglhe.journey log book or .

equivalent document, f) The Pilot i n command shall have final authority for maintenance of flight discipline. g) The pilot -in-command shall have final authority as ta the dispasitlon of the aircraft while . .

he is in command I . , "

1-3.2 PERIOD OF COMMAND

The PIC assumes command from the time of entering the aircraft with the intention of carrying out a flight or on first signing the aircraft documents, whichever is earlier, The duration of command continues until' relieved by another Captain or termination of the flight and completion of a!! post flight documents, and the PIC leaves the aircrafl on completion of command for which detailed.

Page 38: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR DWZA CIURERS LIh4EED OPEMTIONS MANUAL

I PAGE 14 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL CHAPTER - 1 1 1-3.3 OPERAION AND CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT (PIC)

The Pilot-In-Command of the alrcrafi, whether operating the controls or not, Is responsible lor the operation of the elrcraft In accordance with the rules of the alr, and procedures laid down In the Arcraft Manual ( India), Aircraft Fllght Manual, Company Operation Manual. Helshe is responslble for the oparatlon and safety of the aircraft during the period of command. The- Training captaln when operating as a Check Pilot must immediately take over if a maneuver performed by the pilot Is likely to be below standard. There Is to be no ambiguity at any stage of flight as to who Is In control of the aircraft. The PIC1 Training Captaln should make it clear when taklng over control of the aircraft by saying-' I have Controls' and the Co-pilot I pilot under check should acknowledge clearly by ' saylng ' You have Controls'. The same principl& apply to Captains, giving Assisted Takeoff and Landings, under the provision of AIC 07101. . .

1-3.4 SUCCESSION IN COMMAND

During flight in the event of any untoward lndident happening to the Captain (Pilot-in- Command) the following Is the order of succession In command of the alrcrafl.

. . a) 'ACM Examiner I lnstnrctor I Check Pilot rated on aircraft, if available. b) 'ACM llne Captain rated on aircratt, If available. c) F~rst officer.

Note: I) *ACM.First Officer, Sf available shall ,assist the 'First Office?. ii) If Safety Pilot is available, he shall take over the Command.

'If more than one such crew is avallable, the senior most shall take over.

GENERAL DUTIES & RESPONSIBILKIES OF THE P . ~ C

The pllot-In-command shall:

a) Maintain overall responsibilily for execution of the flight.

b) Be the representative of the Company when deahg'with other crew members and pax during fllght duty tlme In the capachy as PIC of the aeroplane.

. ,,

c) Promote an atmosphere under which optimum crew cooperation is facilitated.

d) Be responslble for fllght preparation and execution in compliance with State and Company regulations.

e) Report facts whlch may influence the quality of the general flight operation to the Chlef Pllot- Ops.

9 Have no doubts about his 1 her condition and proficiency when repolting for dQ. The PIC whether handllng the controls or n d ls~responslble for the operation of the aircraft In accordance wlth rules of the air except that he I she may devlate from these rules in circumstances that render such departure absolutely~necessary in the interest of safety.

Page 39: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL 1 CHAPTER - f RESPONSIBILITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL PAGE 1-7

g) It is incumbent on the PIC to comply with laws, regulations and procedures of the

I state in whlch the aircraft is flown. This includes complying with all health, custom and

I .Immigration laws in force. Helshe shall ensure that no crew violates any of these I lews. If an emetgency situaflon arises which endangers the safety of the aircraft or I ...i

personnel and necessitates taking of adion which involves violation of local regulation ....# .... ..:9 ..... or procedures, the PIC shall not@ tfie appropriate local authority wtthoul the delay. A -...:I report shall be submitted of ahy such emergency action to the DGCA through the

I Chief of Operations, Manager (Flt ops), Chief of Training, Chief of Air Safety as soon i as possible.

. h) The PIC is responslble for ensuring that all passengeB are fully briefed on safety ..... , .. procedures before taks-off and. that all safety exits. are kept clear during flight. . . . . . I ' . I . , i ) The primary responslblllty of the PIC Is that hdshe must not commence a flight when

'

-.. . . In hislher judgement the aircraff.ls not in a satigactory condition to assure flight

. . . , . .L, ,... . . . ..,,>>: .. ,. safety. It Is PIC'S obligation tb report any areas of operation, which could be

. . . detrimental to safety. Thls includes but b not Jimlted to kerns such as 'mechanical prablems, weather, uew 'proficleney, alrport lacilitIes or ATC problems, which would

i permlt the airline to Initlate fo!hw up adlon. The PIC Is responslble for filing debriefing reports and'ensuring repartlng of amldentlincident as per tald down. procedures and norms.

I 1 I j) In the absence of Company ground personnel the PIC during period of command Is also

rasponslble for the safety of the elreraft passengers, crew and their comfort white on : the ground. The PIC shall make all efforts to moblllze available resources until

. . Company personnel are available to take over the responsibi!itles for aircraff and passengers.

)r) At layover stations crew member shall not stay away overnight from the designated hotel without Informing the Captain. If the captaln considers that-the regularrty of the flight, will be edversdy affected helshe shall not permit such a stay.

I) Ensure thattheAirmfiTechnicalLbglVoyageReportisdulycampletedMhall known defectdnll entered.

m) Ensure before leavlng .the cockpit that all manuals and documents are placed in the navigation bag as a courtesy to-the next crew. The cockpit Is left clean and iot strewn

.. wlth papers etc.

n) Ensure that De-Briefing Report and Spsclal Report, If any, along with the Pilot's Sactor Report Is eubinmed to Flight Despatch.

. ,

14,8

. The Pllot4n-Command shall:

-. - ..-. . ... .... .... ..: ?..'

a) Aquaint hlmself I herself wlth ail relevant particulars and latest Instructions concerning aircraft type end fllght to be flown.

b) Ensure thal all flight dispatch' areas have been covered for ths safe operation of the ........ fllght. .:: -..... ...*

Page 40: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . - . , . , . ,.- . -, . . -; : ..-. , .....,. : . , , . :; . . . < ,;:;: :.<:,!.:' .:..:-:-:,-;: r:: : : .';..+, . ;.-. ,,, .';.'-.,.-','A.--; '.;' -;"-.'.".' ' - " ' ' - ':"'- .',-' - .,' ' ' "' " ' - ' 4 . A'.".'.'. . , . :. .-. '":-:';"-:'.-.-.-.'.'.:' : :: ::::.:.:;<~.::~,..;i1~.~~~'~.-i::~.1:'~,::::::~:.:-I-:-:+1-: :.:-2: >2:-:, -... .-.- .. . . . I.. . _. '. .- - .'.. .-'.> -:... . . .'.+,< ,,,,.,., /,>1.'.-1.'..:< .-.- - ..... .,>. .. . . . -. .-. . . . .. . ,.. ...:.. ... ..: .. . .... - ' - '2.- , . . . .-.,i..>.. -. -.-.-z A... >:.

. .-, - , ,. -.

AIR INDLA CHARTERS LIMTED . ., .. - .. .

OPERATIONS MANUAL .. . , ... . .. . I PAGE 1-8 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL CHAPTER - I 1 - -.

: . ] , ,

c) Cwrdlnate the night preparetlon and ascertain that all aspects have been covered. d) Convince himself I herself of the alrworthlness of the aircraft and have no doubts as

I to the fdness and proficlencjr of his crew members. I !

13.7 FUGHT EXECUTION - ,. .. ,, -.,,.4 . . - .... .;<.: ... :. ..., The Plot-in-Command shall :

8) Co-ordinate all crew dutles as described in Company manuals. ) ,, Ensure flight management In a manner that all cockpit crew are constantly aware of

hidher Intentions ( two way coinmunlcatlon). c) Ensure that the checklist and standard operating procedures are'fully adhered to. d) Take all actions, whlch may improve the comfort and efficiency of the flight, without

adverse effect bn safety. e) Take all actions deemed necessary to ensure, the safety of the flight if these actions r deviate from procedures he I she shall (If time permits) do so in consultation with

other crew members and submit a report about the deviations to the Chief of Operations, Ops,Manager(Fltops), Ops.~anager(Admin), Ops.Manager(Trg), Chief of Fllg ht Safety.

1 14.8 NONSIMULATION OF EMERGENCIES

The PlCrrraining Captain shall ensure that when passengers afe carried on board, no simulation of any emergency situation affecting aircraff safety is made.

i r 1-33 PILOT'S EMERGENCY AUTHORlTY

Nothing contained in this manual shall relieve a pilot of personal responsibility to take any ! action In an emergency, or under unusual circumstances to ensure the safety of the

1 aircraft, Its occupants, mall and frelght

1-3.10 s s - *::;-: .,. .,. Arline Policy emphasizes the scanning of flightlengine Instruments In all phases of flight. It is stressed that cross checking of instruments and alerting other crew members of any deviation is of paramount importance and Is the responsibility of each flight crew member. Note:- In visua! conditions the pflot shall look out perlodlcally for any possible collIslon with birds, aircraft, terrain or any other objects.

1-4 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE FIRST OFFICER:

B) 1s subordinate to the PIC during the fllght duty and flight execution. b) IS expected to report facts, which may influence the quality of the general .flight

execution to the PIC. , C) Should have no doubts about his 1 her condition and proficiency before starting and

during flight execution. d) Is equally responsible for the safety of flight operations as the P.I.C. e) Acquaint himself / herself with all relevant particulars & latest instructions concerning

aircraft type and fllght to be flown.

Page 41: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIX RVDLA CHARTERS L L M I m OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 1 . RESPONSIBILITIES OF~OPERATIONS PERSONNEL PAGE 1-9

f) Advise the PIC if, in his I her opinion, any aspect of the flight preparation has been overlooked.

g) Perfom all dudes as described in the company manuals under them supervision of the PIC.

h) ~ i s u r e all Items necessary for the dispatch of the aircraft have been cover&. i) Ensure that the aircraft will meet all performance considerations and requirements for

the flight. I) Asslst in promoting an atmosphere in which a good understanding and cooperation

between crew members is facilitated. - k) Be alert on developments which may endanger the safety of the Right; and, if he I she

believes these developments exist shalt : *Advise the PIC .Ask the PIC to take appropriate action. *If, In his I her opinlon, serious.doubts exist as to the physlcal or mental fitness of the- PIC (Incapacltatlon) andior.lmrnediate actlon is required to prevent- a highly critical sttuation, he I she shall -take -such .adion as deemed necessary (if: possible in consuttatlon.and agreement.wfth-gther.aew.mernbe~).

Note:-It is evldent that with the action described above a hlghly undesirable situation would. be created. All further Inltlatlves should be directed towards safe'completion of the flight.

t I I 15 CREW MEMBERS OTHER THAN THE COMMANDER- RESPONSIBIUM

It is the responsibility of all flight and In-flight crew to bring to the attention of the Pilot-in Command (PIC) any departure from prescribed procedures and safe practice. This is essential so that the PIC is aware and understands the particular situation to enable himher to take appropriate adi0.n. This is especially relevant to all ,First Officers, who, due relative inexperience I age gap may 'be hesitant to draw the attention of PIC. Any potentially unsafe flight condition shall be brought Immediately to the- attention .of the pilot flylag (PF) by the pilot-manbring (PM), a9 a metter of Company Policy:

1-6 OTHER OPERATIONS PERSONNEL , . . . .. . .,-, I . DUTiES 8 RESPONSlBlLlTlES OF FLIGHT . . DESPATCHER

* Flighi Despatcher shall fundon under Manabel (Flt .Desp. & Crew Schdlg.) ,and. carry out . such duties that may be assigned to them. The Flight Despataer approved by DG,CA to act

shall - +&id the Fllghf Crew in Flight pr,eparption.

'*Check, prepare and I or aincnd the operational flight plan for the approval of the commander. .',, #I; ,I , .

4 Prepam and flle the ATC flight-plahl I

Monitor movement dflights with the mrnrnunication facilities available. bsum that any sigmet warning is c~nvpyed to aircraff approaching the station and to the maintenance so as to attend.to aircraft on ground. In the event of an emergency I accldent initiate [aid down procedures.

*Advlae end cosrdlnatq wlth other. depa,rtments concern@ regarding aircraft movement, changes, delays, etc. Remaln on duty unless hdshe has been properly relieved.

Page 42: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . ' AIR L W L A CEMRTERS UMZTED t-- .

. . .,, .. :. , , . :.I.; .:a

,,.. ....... I OPERATIONS MANUAL <,:.:$ :,::>,g ..-. . , I PAGE 1-10 RESPONSIBIUTIES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL J /?-A

CHAPTER - 1 - -1

. -,I I *.Avoid taking any action that would conflict with the procedures established by ATC, met or

. , communication sewice.

. . . .... ,. , . . : :.::s: ,:,:,;.: ...., ::. : ....... - :. j... . .. .-.. . m .. ,: :: : , ... ... ::.,.,>, ;..+.., ., ::. ...-... <.>:.:a :<..>:

I.. .- , . I

16.1 .I PRE-FLIGHT DUTIES

The Flight Despatcher on duty before departure of the flight shall:

Ascertain the maintenance status of the aircraft for briefing the Pilot-in- Command. Ualse with the Ground Operations regardlng carriage of any commercial load requiring Special Load NotMeation. Thoroughly analyze the meteorological reports and ' forecasts for departure, destination. alternate airports and enroute. Obtain recent weather reports and foremsts for themute and area adjacent to it. Coilect.relevant information.and .NOTAMS for briefl ngdhe Pilot-In-Command. The PIC shall be fumished~with all thelatest available information on the route to be ftown. Obtain the ATC clearance -and hand it over to the flight crew. Make necessary amendments to,the.ATClNavigation- flight plari as desired by the PIC.

'

Check the Operations1 flight plan and ensure that, along with all other relevant documents Is kept In-the Right envelope. Advise thePC and Maintenanos of the-fuel required I RTOW for the flight. Obtain lgnatures of the Commander In the Pre- flight Bulletins provided for having obtained briefing about all essential aspects of the flight.

1-6.1.2 POST-FLIGHT DUTIES The Fllght Despatcher on ,duty s hdll,:

Check the 0perational.flight plan.and.ensure that, aIong with all'other relevant documents are kept h4he flight envelope. . Take charge of the Fllght Envelope and'lnfliete the necessary adion as laid down Ensure all documents in case of incldsnt /accident are compretd by the Commander and information I documents sent to concerned safety officer of the airline and D.G.C.A.

laXf.31t is important for the Flight Daspatcher and the Pilot - in- Command to keepmln mind that a fllght shall not commence unless thb Pl~ot~lm~ommand Is, by evdry reasonable -means at hkher disposal, satisfied that the commun[cation and navigation facilities essential to the route ate in satisfactory cbndition and that the ground / air facilities available and diredly required for the safe operation ofthe flight are adequate for the type of operation to be cond uctd.

1-7 FLIGHT SAFEW SET'UP .

Air India Charters Limited will develop an Flt. Safety hrnctions underthe Chief of 'FH Safety, who shall be a Pllot. Alr -lndla Charters; Ltd. will presently use h e Alr Safety infrastructure of Alr India's Air Safeiy Department. Right Safety is responsible to deal with all Flight Safety matters related to - Aikrdfi Operations lndluslve of invdigaiion of accidentslincldents of Air India Charter's Ltd. aircraft, preventimi, safety measures, its lmplemenlatltin and monltorlng Safety audit, etc. Chief- Flight Safety is assisted. by Manager(Fl1g ht Safety) and Manager - Flt Safety (Engg.).

Page 43: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR lN#IA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERAT-1QN.S. MANU-AL

I CHAPTER - 1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OP.€RATIONS.PERSONNEL PAGE 1-11

Following are the main objectives of this Department :-

a) To investigate incidentstaccidents ,involving Ai~lndia Express aircraft and to make - suitable recommendations for Improved-safety qtandards resulting in accident preventlon

b) ~b monltor procedures fallowed in aircraft operations and' maintenance vis4-vis practices recommended by aircraft manufacturersand those followed in fie industry and to make recommendations for enhanced safety in the air and on the ground.

c) To liase, co-operate and co-ordinate with Sthte Agencies investigating notifiable incidents;

d) To facilitate exchange of safety information with national and international air safety organisations and to disseminate relevant information to all conc,erned in Air-India Express

f) To repofl.periodically to the Managing ~irector on internal safdy Audit based on policies and trends, the action taken reports (ATRs) and recommendations emanating from' various inquiries I investigations l audits.

The department will maintain a high-tech Emergency' Operations Room to be used as a centralised Crisis Management Centre durin-g aircraft emergencies.

1-8 CRISIS MANAGEMENT CELL

Crisis Management Cell has been formed to handle emergencies of serious nature. It comprises of the high ranklng officers of concerned departments for effectlye controll co- ordlnaBon.

Crisis Management Cell will function from Emergency Ogeratipns Roo,m located in the. Department of Ftt Safety. The Emergency Op.eptions Room provides centralised communication, secretarial and computer fadlities.

Emergency Committee

Emergency Cornrniitee is primarily concerned with directions on rescue, medical aid and matters requiring wordination within the Company or with outside agencies Le, Government H~spitals, Fire Brigade, P.olice, Press etc.

8 Emergency Control Cell

This Cell deals with situations out of emergencles at Mumbai :-

To liaise and coordinate wi:h Command Post set-up by the Airport Authority I Regional Director, Civil Aviation Department, Mumbai Airport with regard to follawlng :

l

a) To find out the location where injured passengersldead bodies are be,ing removed and nominate person(s) af that location to assist in regard. to identification registration and disposal.

Page 44: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR m ~ C H A R T E X s ~ D . , ::.-'

: .':: ,:. , O P m m O N S -AT,

. ..... /. ..I .'-'.:<

. . , 1 PAGE 1-12 RESPONSIBILIT,IES OF OPERATIONS PERSONNEL CHAPTER - I ....

- . .. b) To ascertain the area &herevpassengers not injured, or apparently not injured, are being

sent and nomlnate person(s) to receive, register and issue identification tags and to co- ordinate the needs of surcrivors w b regard to hotel accommodation, reservations on another flights, transportation, clothing, etc.

: .

AddMona1 Infgrmatlon Is gtven In h e FHght Safety Manual, which is available at all flight despatch offlcas.

7-9 DRYLEASE

Air-India ,Charter Limited has- dry leased 8737-800.

1-10 GOVERNING REGUUVONS . .I .' . .

The dry lease operation Is governed by C.A.R. Section 3, Series 'C' Part I issue II, dated 30th Dec. 1893.

: As required by the above CA.R., the dry ,leased alrciaff are r e i s t~ rd in India. The entire responsibllh of the alrworthlness, maintenance and operatlon'wtll resf with Alr-India charters llmlted will be subjeded to airworthiness certification, maintenance and inspection produres presdbed by the DGCA, in conformity with the above C.A,R.

Ops.Manager(Flt.Ops.) Is responsible for overseeing the Dry Lease Operation in all aspects of Flight Operations.

1-12 jWNIMUM TOTAL EXPERIENCE OF PIC AND CO*PILOT IN THE COCKPIT FOR SCHEDULING PILOTS FOR LINE OPERATION

A review was carded out wRh regard to the minimum level of flight experience of Pilots in the cockpit for issuing guidelines to the Crew Schedullng keeplng flight safety in rnlnd. Taking into consideration, the past experience of our flight operations on all our network, the following niiriirnum total hours of ~xpedence of Comrhand ahd'CbPllOt Is tobe ensured :-

a) A 'minlmum total experience of not less than 400 -hours on type b b e e n the Commander and the CSPilot put together in case the Co-Pilot scheduled,for the flight. Is a SCPUCPL holder.

b) A minimum total experience of not, .less than 200, hours nn type between the Commander and the Co-Pilot put together in case the CePilot scheduled-for the flight is an ALTP hotder.

c) However, both Commander and Co-Pilot are already type rated as PICICo-Pilot on another alreraft In the Gompany, then the mlnirnum total experience of the Commander and Co-Pilot on the type put together should not be less than 100 hrs.

The above is only the total minimum experience level required between Commander and Co- Pilot on type and the existing policy of route qualification for Commanders and CpPiIots on all types of aircraft remains unchanged.

Page 45: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR DVDLA!CWTERS LZMITED . OPEItATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 1 RESPONSlBttlTlES OF OPERAflONS PERSONNEL PAGE 1-13 I

142 +fP$ M -1% COCKPIT FOR SCHEDULING PI I ..r,TS(H

A-revlew carried ou! &lh regard to ihe minimum level ol flight experience of Pilots in ihe codrpit for lssrdng guidelines to ,the ~ r g w Scheduling keeping flighl safely in mind. Taking into consideratioh, Ihe past experiene of our flight operations on all our network, -the following minimum total hours of e~periencc or Command and Co-Pilot is to be'ensurcd :-

a) A minimum total eKpenena of not less than 400 hours on type between the Commander and-the Co-Pilot put together in case the Cd-Pilot scheduled for the flight is a SCPUCPL bolder.

b) A minimum total experience of, not less than 200 hours on lype between Ihe Commander and lhe Co-Pilot ppt toge!her tn casc !he CO-pilot scheduled fdr (he flight is an ntTP holder. ,

C) However, both, Cornrnandc! and ~ o - ~ i k t are already type raled as PICICo-Pilot on another airaaft in (he Company, then h e minimurn total e ~ p e r i c n ~ of tlle Commander and Co-Pilol on the type pul together should hot be less than 100 hn.

The above is only the total minimum experience level required between Commander and Co- Pilot on type and (he existing pdicy o! route qualification for Commanders and Co-Pilots on all tfics of a i r d l remains unch;lng&.

Page 46: B737 Operations Manualghy

I

I AIR-WDLA CHART- LIMITED* OPERATIONS MANUAL

::'x .-:.. . -. ./>. - , . I C M E R - 2 FDTL FOR FLICIIT CREW AND CABIN ATTEv,DANT P A G L ~ - 1 :I I . . - - . . I I

I 2.1 . FLIGHT . AND DUTY TIME - L I M ~ ~ T I O N .:IFDTL) & • R R ~ T -

REQUIREMENTS

2-1 ;I ~LEQ~REMENT FOR RULES, {DGCA REGULATIONS FOR FLIGHT CREW)

The flight duly lime and flight time lirnitalions as stipulated by OGCA vide their P.IC.. No. 2811992 are as follosvs :-

QUOTE '

pli~zht Duly Tinlc : 1.1 4 . '

Ffight duly lime is-llle total time commencing from the time of reporting a1 the airport for the purpose of operating a ilight,and ending with Ihe lerrninalion nl a flight or 3 scricr. o l Ilig tits (chocks on plus 1 5 minutes).

The total time from Ihe momen! the aircraft first taxies out.uhdcr its 'own power for Ihc purpose5 of take-oif to the momeht 1 comes to rest at the end or a flight. .

llcst Iberiod : 1.3 . .

The period during wllich a flight crew is no1 assigned any duty.

Flighl crew means (he pilols who fly tljc airuall and shali also include a Flight Engineer and Flight Navigator.

. .

2 PpPLICABILITY :

These flight timetflight duty time limitations shall be applicable lo all flight crew personnel.

3 ~ [ : t ~ 1 4 ' ~ TIM B LIMITATION : ~ c & n l l l o u r i n ~ . ~ c < ) u n t r i & : . . - .

- -. , . - . . . . I '

3-1 The mhxinlum number of hours any domestic air carrier can.schedule its flight crew members lo do flight lime shall be as follows :

1 1000 hrs. in any 1 2 nlcnllls period. . .

2 125 hrs. in a period or30 consecutive days.

3 30 hrs. in any 7 conscculivc days

Page 47: B737 Operations Manualghy

............................ .............. %.. ..- .................. .: -.c..: ;..; ,l:i-.-:,;;,:: ..n.:,.;-~L-.':r::i ..: :I: ;...~...'.:.::..;.~;: :,;.: ::i: :.:: .............. m......--...I.'.i..'..i.< I:: .':::: 51.->.7.-:--- ......'....'...... .:+:.. ......... -.<-:.:.:-:.:.I ........... ....... ......................... .... . . ........................................... I . . . . . . . . . . , . . ..I..... - ............................. *.....->. c .-. ,."--.-' '.'. .r:- ..., ...<r.... , .,.-, z.. . -<- - ,- 7 ..... , . - . . .

... ..... .,.. .... - . .... .... .-.. . . countries may schdde a' flight mew memkr for more than 8 'hours of flight time during qy 24-cq1secutive hou,rs wilhoul a rest period of 16 hours or more a i d under theiollwuiigdhdilionr:

! I A . Where~Wflight,timeIslessthan8hoursa~ratarestpeFiodofhnri~theflight time

. ..I .... -. . , :..'1. shall be provided, but the rest @rid In no case shall be less than 8 hours;

:.j:r.ij (f:! . - B. . - Each-flight qew'shal! be relieved from all duty for at least 24 wnsgwtive hours during

any 7 consmtIve days; . .

C NO domestic air &r may assign any crew merilkr to any duty with the air .carrier '. during any ~ u i r e d resl period;

D rime spent in transpodation by a fbghl crew member to or from an airport al which he was relived from duty lo retum. to his home slation, is not considered a part of rest period;

E A flight crew m e m k is not considered tn be scheduled for duty in excess of flight duty time limitation' when due to circumstagces beyond the canlrol of the air carrier (such as unantidpal&,,technicaI delays, adverse weaher conditions elc.) the flight duty tirnc gets inevitably.&ended prgvid@ that such extension shall be limiled to 4 hours in any particular case and shall not be more than 8,hdurs duiing any perid of 30 consecutive days. In such a mse he'rest period shatl be exlended pro-rata'by twice (he arnoun: O!

time by which the Aight time was axlended.

F Flight crew shaU q d k r be delailed nor undertake any duly belween period embracing 0000 to 0500 hwrs bal lime ii during the previous day helshe performed flight duly between the period embracing 0000 Id0500 hours local time; and

G The flight duty timeifimi(ation for flighl crew shall be as follows :

Crew Corn plemenf Fliqht Duty .*I Time (Hours1

2 Pilots . . I . . 11

3.3 No flight crew shall be a s k ~ d to do more tian 6 landings per day. This shall not indude landing for iechnical, ferry arid for l l ~ e purpose o i retrievai of aircralt after diversion.

4.i TIYO I'ilot Crew Operations :

A No air arn'er v.?~*:schedule a nigh1 crew to fly in an aeroplane Illat has a crew d Iwo pilols for morei'tian 9 hours of flight time during any24 'c3nscculive h'ours wllhout a rest period. Before a flight c;ew is detailed for a Ilight, his resl period since Ihe last flighl shall not be less :han 18 hours.

I I if an ai: carrier sckdules a flight crew to do flight lirne of m3re lhan 9 houk during any 24 c~nsccuIivc Ilours, llle rest period al tile end o l Illis llight duly shall be extcrldzd

.. , pro-rala by iwicc the anloutll of lirlie by wl~ich the [light tirtle was exlendzd.

Page 48: B737 Operations Manualghy

D Each flight crew shall be relieved from all duties for at least 24 conseculive h ~ u r s once during 'any 7 consecutive days.

, .

.<. . >. ,- -

4.2 OPERATIONS WITH MORE THAN TWO PILOTS AND ADDITIONAI> PLIGHT CREW MEMBQRIS) ;

MR-INDL4 CHARTERS U M U E D .

A Wllen flights are operaled ~Gth mgre than two pitots and additional flight crew member, the flight time limilalions shall k as follows:

<.

OPEEUTIONS MANUAL. :rr c-: . .

I C-ER- 2 FDTL FOR FLIGIIT CRE'CV AND .CADIN A'ITEHDANT P A G B ~ - 31

C Flight tirne of a flight crew shall not exceed : *

1 1

i) 30 hours in 7 wnseartive days.

i i ) . I25 hours during a period of 30 consecutive days. I I - . : I . . .,.

..,.J iii) 1000 hours during the preceding 12 months. G . ::;j . . . .

i) Two Pilots aird one addiiional crew member - A mk~imurn of 10 houts of flight time during 24 consecutive hours.

ii) - Three Pilots and ,one additional crew member - A rnaximfim of 12 hours of fliglll8ule during 24 conseculive Iioyrs.

iii) ~ o i l r Pilots or 2 sets of crew - A maximum of 14 hours during 24 conseculive Iiours.

l3 If a flight crew has flown 9 hours or more during any 24 consecutive hours, he shall be giver1 at least 18 hours of rest before'being assigned any further duly. Where the flight time is less that1 9 h0urs.a pro-rata rest period of twice the flight time shal k provided . but the rest period in rio case shall be tess than 8 tiours.

C Each flight crew shall be .relieved.from all duty lor al least 24 consecutive hours once during any 7 consecutive days.

u No flight crew may fly as a flight crew member' more than

i) . 125 hours during any 30 consectdive dsys

ii) 270 hours during any 90 conseculive days ,

iii) . 1000 hours during any 12 rnonlhs period -- -.-- - .. . _ -_. , ,

E Eacll carrier shall also provids adequalc slccping quarlers irl the aeroplane wherein cl Ilight Crew is sct~eduled lr; fly !or more than 12 houfs during any 24 consecutive hol~rs

1: Any flight u e w who has done 12 hol~rs or morcllot flight timc slrall bc givcn allcxl llours or rest before he is assigned for further duty.

4 . 3 Thc air wrrier sliall givc cacl~ Iligl~l crcw upor1 rclurn lo base from arly flight w'-.Series of (lights, a rcst period Ihal is atleast hvice ltle total number of hours of his flighl !in: - rvl~ile he was away from l l ~ e base. -

Page 49: B737 Operations Manualghy

. ,

AIR-WDLA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUALv

PAGE 2 4 P m L FOR FUGHTQBW AND W I N A'ITENDANT ' CHAPTER 2 1 -. _ _ f

I

4.4 The maxhum Right duty lime! flight time shall be as follows:

', i) - 2 Pilot operations 12 hrs/ 09 hrs . 'ii) 2 Pilot and ono. other ,'12 hrs I 10 hrs.

High uew member iii) 3 Pilots :! 14 hrs 110 hrs

, . k) 3 Pilots and one other , -15 hrs 112 hrs. F fight crew . . . .

v) 2 sets offlight crew - 16 11rs 114 hrs

4-5 The flight duly Urn8 In atl cases could be eKtendcd by a maxinrun d 4 laours in wsc of tehical , 'snags, adve- vether or aqy, other. unforeseen d y m s t a n e s to avoid lnconvenien# to passengers. Howaver, whenever the flight duty lime gets extended, the rest period shall be pro-rala Inmeased by Mice the amount of extended period of flight duty Qm-e,. provided that no fight crew shall bs asked to extend flight duty time mo? than 8 hours h a period of 36 days:

, . 4.6 No flght crew operating on an internarional flight shall be required lo do more Ihan 3

landrigs du@g the opadion oC h e flight. This does not indude Technical landing and . landing for relrieval after drverslon and ferry.

1-

: 5 4 After every flight &w member dial1 be given s minimum rest period of 10 hours and the lime sped in transplation, to and from Ihe place of.work shall no1 be counled in the rest period.

5.5 The weekly, monUlly and a h u d flight time shall bc as loll&s :-

i) 35 hours in a period of 7 mnsewtive days.

i i) 125 hours in a p e M of 30 &gsawtive days.

iii) 1000 hours in any 12 monlhs. period. . .. . I . .' 5.6 Except as specified above,' lor executive Ilight operations, aerial work and other

operations, rnanlhly. quarteily and yearIy flight hnd duly time limilalions and olllcr conditions specified in para 3 shall apply. , ,.

li GENERAL CONOITCQN FOR kt, OPI~IATIONS

I The t h e s p n t in office duly prior to *pelting a flight will be considered for calculalion of Flihl Duty Time..

2. The restfi&ofls. in regard Lo number d landings ae not applicable lo lligl~l crew engaged in Iraicling nights. I f the Iraining flighl is conduclcd alter pyblic; trar~sporl operation(s) dufln,g auy 24 hours period, the .iiuhb~i-GfTandin~s shail kt be the limiting factof for calculation of FDTL. bul tlre tolal Hight and duly tirnc shall not cxt:ct:cl lhe spe~ified FDTL. Whenever public transpori operatiou is ~onducled alter a training flight, nurnher of landings and flighl and duly lime of training Cligl~t shall be considcrcd for calculating the FDTL.

Page 50: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CELARTERSLUMITGD- i OPEIWTIONS MANUAL I

.. . -. - - .

, . :>;j _,. ICiLUTER-2 . PDTL FOR PllGHT CREW AND CABIN A T r E N D m P A G B ~ - 5 I y.1 . - 3 Flight and duty time limitations can be extended with the spTe fic approval of the OGCA 7 ! In extraordinary circumslances in accordance wi:h the wndiiions,'whieh Ihe Direclor

General may specify.

5. In all-the above cases Ihe period of lransportation shall neither be counted towards duly time or rest period.

6. . , Each flight uew shall be relieved fronr al: duty for at least 24 conseculive hours during any seven consecutive days.

7. Operalor shall maintain record of tlighl and duty lime of each member OI the Iligl~l creud.

UNQUOTE . .

- -- I.pomestic 1) 2 Crew Pilot

flights & Co-Pitol Ilqhts to ~ ~ i g h b 0 ~ - 2) -3 Crew Pilo[ rin9 &-Pilot muntries 1 pilal

onal flights -

2) 3 Crew Pilo( &Pilot 1 Pilot

1 addilional Crew Member

4 ) Multiple 4 Pilols or 2 sels of Crew

Days Days 7 -- M a x .

No. af larldir~gs in a day

6 - :

2-1.2 -QNS n FOR ~ ~ l i [ g c 1 2 ~ , ~ 1 ~ The Hjght Duty Time Limitations 'as stipulated by OGCA vide their CAR Scclion 7.

I # Series J, Paft I, lssuc 1 dalcd 4" August, 1997 F.No. 8-5197-L(;) are as under :-

QUOTE

Page 51: B737 Operations Manualghy

---, --, : -, .>:..; ... : - -. ..-. - . . - <., , .. . . * - ' - - . , ,,.--- . - . .... ..A .,. :~...-..---.-.:.'.-:,-...'.-.-.~~.;.~&~.~<.:.:< ;,:: >:: fi.::-:~~>~:~;~~.~>><;.~~;:~.-~,:::>:::.:::.~: .<-. :.>: .-.-. :.:.:.:..> -,A- :...:.:.:.:2,.:;~.:-:.:<.:.!.:.:-~:.:<..~..:A-:$;:::>><&<,::+>:~j:<j~~.;;:;.::;,:y.;:::;:;:::: --... .- ......-. .Ci.X:.'.:>::'.:111!: ..'.--'.--'. -'.;'- J i - - - - - - . . 4 -...a . I - I . . . . -... .\. .. . ... . .

. . . ..

AIR-ZNDLA CHARTERS LJMIT..D OPERATIONS MANUAL'

.. . >-... .*.- -., .

. - > > ..., I ~ A G E Z - 6 FDTLFOR PLLGLFTCIEW AND CABIN ATTENDANT ' CHAPTER 2 ,-- -9 -. -- - . . ,':% .- < , -7, - .

INTRODUCTION- , - j 1. -

, . I -

t 1 . I : - .: - The:&nex:'6, ' ~ ~ a l i o n of. &craft, part I: lo the ~onvenllan on International civil ~ v i a ~ : ' r ~ h . l ~ - mnlrading Stales to establish regulations specifying the limits . - a~plkabl~to'.fllghl lime night duly period and rest periods for Cabin Attendants.

I .. . . j . -'. , >:CQ :::<I

1.2' . In order !~,enbgp.safety of opalions and in exercise of powers conferred under rule -.. 4 ... . , 133A df'--h8 'Aimaft Rules, 1937 the following Flight Duty. Time and Flicjht l'ime

Lirnitations(FDTL) for Cabin Mendants are issued for inlormation, guidarlce, and . mrnpliance by aU concerned. '

AppLIcmr LITY 2. . , . .. - .. . These flight time, flight duty time and rest periods shall be aoplicable to all-bbin

::.? .: , ..., I ..-,I attendants. ' '. . 3 .,. > , - - ,

.. ., .... 3 - DEFJNI'TKONS :.-".I ..<- . . .. , -... .. .. . .. ...-

3.1 FI,IGHT .DUTY TIME . ..

Flight duty time Is the total time commencing from Ihe time of reporting aHhe airport for the purpose of operating a flight and ending wilh the termination of a flight or a sei ies of flights (Chkks on-p!us I 5 minutes). ..

4- DOMESTIC OPERATIONS &- OPERATIONS TO NEIGH UOURINS C Q y T R I l e s

. , 4. .

i 3.2 ' PLIGHT TIME :' : ::'- - ,

i The total time from Ihe moment h e aitcrafl first taxies out under its own power lor the purposas of lakesff to the moment it comes I o rest at Ihe end of a flight.

. : . , . I

343 !

cabin atlendant is no1 assigned-any duly.

4-1.t The marim"* number of hours glly domestic alr rsirict-can schcduli: ils cabin

. .. ....

altendant members to do flight shali be as follows :

3.4 W I N ATI'ENDANT .I.

i) 30 hrs in any peliod of 7 conscwlivc days i i) 125 hrs in any period 01-30 conseculive days iii) 1000 hrs in any period of 365 consewlive days.

:.-A .9 . .. cabin ~tleridbnl means all the cabin atlendants assigned duties in the cabin of an .?:.:I ...., a ircxaft,

- , , : I . '

Page 52: B737 Operations Manualghy

, OPERKTIONS MANUAL . .

1 CHAPTER- 2 FDTL FOR FLICIIT C W AND CAnIN ATTENDANT PAGE 2 -4 . i 4.1.2 No air carrier operaling domestic. rontes. and roules to neighbouring counlries may

shed.ule a cabin altendanl member far more than 8 hrs of ffigh! time during any 24 consecutive haurs withoul a resl period of 16 hrs or mare and under thc following -cqnditidis : . .

. ..

ij wlicrc Iliglrl linlc is lcss lllan 0 tlours a pro-rata rcsl period ol !wicc l l~c figlit ,time shall kprovided, but fie rest period in no aqe,shll l be less than 8 hrs;

ii) ! . - No domestic air carrier may assign any cabin aheiidanl lo do any duty wiUi Ihe air carrier during any required rezt period;

iii) . 'NO air carrier shall require any cabin attendant to operaie more than six sedors p r day, each s ~ c t o r mmprising of onz takeoff and one landing of the azroplane in .which helshe is operating as .cabin upw;

iv). . A cabin aHendarJ member is not considered to be sch~duled far duty in excess of flight duly time lirnilqlion when due to circumslances beyond the a n l r d of air wrrier (&ch as .anticipated technical d&lays, adverse weather conditionsi etc.) - h e flight duty time gets inevitably exlended, provided that such exlension'shall be limited lo hours in an);- particular case and shall nol be more than 6 hrs during any pe;iod of 30 consecdlive days. In such cases, the rest period shall be edended pro-rata by twike (he amount ol lime by which the flight time was extended; '

V) Cabin alttendanl shall neither be detailed nor underhie any duty beheen period embracing 0.100 hrs lo 0500 hrs. IocAI time If :during the previous day helshe performed flight duty between the same period. -

~1 Each cabin .attendad shall bc relieved from all duties for at least 24 consecutive hours during any seven consearlive days.

'4.2.1 No cabin attendant shall be required lo exceed I 1 hrs Flight' Duty lime -during any coiisecutive 24 hours. If any carrier schedules a cabin atlendant 'to do Flight Duty time more than 11 hrs during 24 consecutive hours, the red period at the end of Ihe flight duty sha!l bz extended by twice tl~e'period in excess of I 1 hrs.

~ T I 0 N A . L CARRIERS !,\ I ,

. . 5.1 No air carrier may schedule a cabin alle!~danl lo pedorrnduty ih'an aeroplane lor nlore

Ihar: 11 hts of fight lime during any 24 c~nseculive hours wilhout a rest period. Before a Cabin Attendan1 is detailed lor a flighl, hislher rect period since the lasl Ilighl shall nol be less than 22 hrs at'bese ;

I

5 1 . 2 II an air carrier schedules a Cabin Altendanl lo do flight time of more than 11 hrs durik any 21 consewlive hours, the rest period al the end'of this flight duty al base slrall bc cxlcndcd pro-rala by twice ilrc amount of 1irr;e by which Ilir! CIigl~t linrc was exleaded ;

Page 53: B737 Operations Manualghy

AlR.LIVDlA CHARTERS LIMXTED -. OPERATIONS MANUAL

I PAGE?-8 PI)TL FOR FUGWCREW AND CABIN ATTENDANT . - , . CHAPTER-2 I

. . , i.' 5.1.3 No air carrier shall allow any Cabin Att8ndant to exceed following limifalions:-

- - . . , 1 . . . . . .

. . a) , - -. ~ ~ ' I + U I S h any d 7 conseculive days ... .I 25 ,ors during a period of 30 consewlive days b)

. c ) . ~~l~?~,~~duringanypnodof365consecu!ivedays; - .

5.A here lhe nihhl lime of a Cabin Attendanl is less 'than. 1 1 hrs; a pro-rala re51 period ol - twide the flight time shall be provided a1 -base, but the rest period in no case shall be , less b n 8 h ~ ; _. .I.

. - 5.1$ No ak&$ii<!s@~ .. ,:kL. r e q ~ k any Cabin Attendant to operat6 more UIJII [our SCCIOIS pc,

.day, each sector comprising of one take-off end.one landing of (he aeroplane on the aeroplaye , on . ! * 2 : Wc! hdshe Is operating as cabin attendant.

I . . - 5.2.1 . No air carrier operating Intemationql seervim shalt schedule rr cabin atlendan! lo

exceed 1 5 . hght duty time duiing any flight or series of flights during any . .mnsecutive:i!r; h ~ . If any carrier schedules a flight attendant to do flight duiy time

more than 15 hrs during any 24 consecutive'hours lhe rest period at base at Ihe end of the flight duty. shaU be extend4 by twice the period in excess of 1 5 hrs.

'

. . . . 5.22 The Right 'duly h e , however, may be extended by a maximum of 4 hrs in case. of

ledinica! snags, 'Werse walher or any other unforeseen circumstances lo avoid indnvenience to, pbssengers, However, whenever the flight duty time gets extended. the rest period at base shall be pro-rala increased by twice (he amounl of edcnded period of flight duty time, provided Illat no cabin attendant shall be asked la extend flight duty t,ime more fhan 8 hrs in a period o i any conseculive should be 30 days.

6.1 In all [he above cases the' period of lransporlati~n shall neither be cnunted 'towards duty lime nor,rest lime.

6.2 Air carrier shall maintain complete records o l flight and d;ly lime a l cad, cabin c r w member.

6.3 Fligll and Duty Time Lirnitalions can be exterlded with llle ~pecific approval of IIIC DGCA in exlraordinary circtmstahces in accordance wilh the condilions, which (Ilc Oirecltr General may specify.

. . . . . ..- -- . . 6.4 he h e spent in pedorming of& Cunctionsldu(iks prior to perfarming dulies in

connection wdli operation of llighl sllall be considered lor calculalio~\ of Ilight duty rimc.

Page 54: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL I CHAFrER-2 FDTL'FOP FLIGHT ~ E W AND CABIN ATIWDAW . PAGE 2-9 I

Zrl..+ CONDITIONS UNDER FWIICII IXIGHTS & DUTY TIME MAY BE ~ E ~ C E W E D I

Flight and duty time limitations csan k extended with the specific apprpval of the .DGCA in extraordinary arcymtan- in'aooogance with the conditions, which the Director General may W f y . In all the above cases the period of transportation shall neither be counled tcrfrards duty time or red period. The Operator shall maintain a record of flight and duty linlc of each member of the nigl~t crew.

Crew scheduling will be planned -in such a manner that transshipment of Crew fmm one stawn to another will be avoided as far as possible. Transshipment by other carriers, when necessary, will. be by olher scheduled mrrier.

FLIGHT AND DUtY TiMES - FXECVIWE CREW

Exewtive a e w wiU generally be soheclued io'operale flights as per he Flight and Duty Tune LimitaPons applicable to line fligl~t crew.

However in aU lhese cases the limilatidns prescribed in AIC 28/92 will b~ stridly , followed. Any executive flight aew',who has wine to work in ofliw will be given appropriate rest before operating a night.

MANDATORY REQUIREMEMC

All flight crew are rcquired lo .slrictly abidc by Flight Du!y Tir~w and Flight ~ i n t c Limitaliot\s as slipulalcd by OGCA it1 AtC-20!10'J2.

Page 55: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS *-MANUAL. ::. .:. - -.. ..... . . - .... .. NAVIGN?ON EQUIPMENTS PAGE 3 - 1 :I - , -.,

DETAILS OF NAVIGATION EQUIPMENTS

Following are details of Navigation €quipmenis carried by Air-India Express aircraft :-

B737-800 3-1.2

3-1.3 RNAV I RNP REQUIREMENTS'.- ECAC COUNTRIESICOUNTRIES IN GULF REGION

NAVIGATION SY STEW EQUIPMENT Advahced Flight Management Spkm !

lnwtial Reference System VOR DME ,

AOF Receiver

3 3 1 INTRODUCTION

Rapid and continued p r o ~ h of aviation places increasing demands on airspace capadty. This requires optimum ulilisation of available airspace. One of the methods to

. achieve this oplimum' utilisatim is Ahrough navigational accuracy. Thus the Review Panel of general con&?t of separation of ICAO adopted RNP (Required Navigation Performance) in 1990.

QrV. . 2

3 2 2

* 2

3-1.3.2 DEFINITION:

a) Area Naviqation IRNAV) : A method of navigation which permits aircraft operation on any desired flight path.

b) Naviqation Performance Amracy : Total Navigalion accuracy based qn the combination of the navigalion sensor . error, airborne receiver error, display error and 'night technical error. Also called system use accuracy.

c) Required Naviqation Performance (RNP) : A statement of Ihe navigation performance accuracy necessary for operation within a defined airspace.

. - - - - . . . . . . . . . .

Slnm RNP applies to navigation performan= within an airspace, it Is appli~ble to the airwav and sircraft. The RNP value specified for any airwaylairspace Is expected to be achievd atleasl 95% of the lime by the aircraft when operating In this airspace. This mandates carriage of RNAV equipment onboard, which would automatically determine aircraft position from one or more of navigation sources. Hence it could seen that RNP is one of the Iurrdamen~al parameters that could be used to determine separation standards.

Page 56: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . ALR XNDIA CHARTERS-D OPERATIONS MANUAL

, . ..: , . :.:*;, :;:s ._. . . -... 'A

PAGE 3-2 NAViGATlON EQUIPMEWS CHAPTER 3 1 :. ,..-.

' . RNP types for moute opemtibns are established according to navigation accuracy in .. rr... . . ., ' :

' the horizontal .plane 1.0. lateral and longudinal to .a containment 'value. The . ,I . .

containment Vaba is the &stance from intended position within whih the flight should be found for atleast 95% of total flying time in RNP airspace.

I . . lCAq has defined the following RNP values :

i

However states may implement RNP va!uas different from above on its airways. I .'

The navigation system on bard the alrplane shoJd have the capacity to meet the RNP requirement of the airspace Uuough which it is Iransmitting. In the event, the aircraft is unable to comply the RNP requirement the flight crew should :

RNP - 1 .. 4

12.6 20 '

1. Notify ATC of kntingemks (equipment failure, weather, etc.). and slate inlentions and obtain revised-clearances: ' - . .

2. It unable lo notify and obtain prior ATC clearance for devkting from assigned flight path, crew should follow established contingency procedures and obtain ATC clearance as soon as possible.

95% POSITION ACCURACY IN DESIGNATED AIRSPACE

+I NM-- . *

+ 4 NM. + 32.6 NM

- . +20NM I

The tollowing aircraft navigation receivers would meet B. RNAV requirements :

1. System which are navigational aids such as DM€ VORIDME, DMEIDME, GNSS . . . .

etc. , . , .. - I

2. . Systems whkh are self contained INSARS. 1 5 , i

It is expected that the average airborne system availability would be 99.99% of time for B. RNAV. I

1 - . .

Page 57: B737 Operations Manualghy

! - OPERATIONS- MANUAL I CHAPTER 3 NAVIGATION EQUIPM ENTS ... PAGE 3 - 3 ]

. . ..

3-1.3.3 BASIC RNAV - EUROPE :

ECAC wuntries has adopted two RNP values - RNP 5 and RNPI for its airspace and designated these as basic RNAV and Precision RNAV. Basic RNAV has bee^ impleknted effective 23"' &il, 1998. This requires a track keeping accuracy of 2 5 NM for 95% of flighl time. Thii value includes signal source error, airborne receiver error, display system error and fhght technical error. . .

Further, the navigation equipment should vhawe~!h~~ifollowing minimum functions l o condud El. RNAV operations : , .

A) Required unctions :- : .- : . # . I . ! ',

a) Continuous indication pf aircraft position relative to track lo be displayed to the pilot flying on a navicJation display situated In hIs primary field of view. In addtion where the minimum flight crew is -two pilots, indication of aircraft posilion relative to trick to be displzyed to the pilot not flying on a navigation display situated in his primary field of vik.

" b) Display of distance a d bearing to the active (To) waypoint. c) Display of ground speed or time to the aclive (To) waypoint

. Storage of waypoints: Mimum ot 4 ' e) Appropriate failure indimtion of the RNAV system including the sensors.

B)' Recommended Frinclion :-

a) Auto-pilot andlor Flight Director coupling

b) Present position in terms of latitude and longitude

c) 'Dlrect, To' function

I ! d) lndicatlon of navfgatiqn eccuracy (9.9. quallty factor)

e] Automatic channel seleclion of radio navigation aids

I) Navigation data base

g) Automatic leg sequencing and-gs'sociaidlbfi anticipation -

Page 58: B737 Operations Manualghy

. ~ ~ L A ~ T E I C S L ~ D .. - ,..- ..-- -,.,. ..... -:, .- ....

OPERATIONS MANUAL --.. ,.. I PAGE 3 4 NAVIGATION EQUIPM ENTS CHAPTERJ I .--,

I ! a : Conhe ihe nigh1 carrying but DYE update as mentioned. Be I eximvightaboutaccuracy. . :' I b. JRShlm : Follwprocedul(3sasm~nlionedabove. .... i

;~.:j .... ..... <,->-,

=> , .... , ,... . 3-2 MNPS REQUIRWENTS

NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR UNRESTRICTED MNPSA OPERANONS

In wder to justrfymnsideration for State approval for future unrestricted operatior, in the MNPSA an alrmR will be required to Ix eqilipped as forlows :

a) Two fulfysehbable Long Range ~avlgation System (LRNS's) ' , A WNS may be one of the fcillbwing :

~&herlia~~avigabon s*; One W G A ' Navigatfbn System:

. O& &gation V l e m using the inputs from one OF more ineriial ' ' .Referenoe System or, OMEGA sensor System ar any other Sensor System

c o w n g A h MNPS specifications. ' .I , . '

b) I t Is desirable that the navigation system' employed for the provision of steering guidanw shoutd be capable of being mupled to autepilot.

L - '

c) requ ie equipment for RVSM airspa& i 0 ' ',

1!1

.. two hdependent altituda measurement systems: an altihrde alerting system; an adomatic altilude control system, and a SSR transponder with an altitude reporting system that can be connected to &r ,altitude, measurement system; should a failure of the equipment occur in the enroute phase, the crew must inform ATC immediately . .

Page 59: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-.INDIA CHAR'TERS LIMITED OPEIUTIONS MANUAL : .

I CHAPTER - 4 ETOPS PAGE 4 - 1 1

41.1 . SCOPE . .

The opemiions ol a Win engine .airplane is govern=d by certain regulations ti, safeguad against inflight failure.of a propulsion qr other pimary system. The regulalions stipulate Ulat the airaaft should be operated in s,uch.a manner that it is always within 60 mutes of diversion limeof normal on6kgine inoperative speed from an ADEQUATE airport. An adequate airport .is q e that meets Ihe landing performance requirements of the aircraft . .

When a roub or a segment of a route mnnot be oovered wilhin the above mentioned 60 rninules diversion lime, then Ihe regulatory authorities,jDGCA) may permit ihe operalion under the Extend@. Range Operalion' ( € T ~ P S or EROPS) whercby enroule airports byond 120 minutes diversion time can bexonsidered.

The ER minima for the enroute suiia~e alternates are esfablished wilh re teren~ to FAA Advisory Cirahar 12042k tl is a rhuiremenl that PRIOR TO D~SPATCH, the wealhrii forecast shoutd be above the prew'bed ER minima ,for a period w m r n e ~ n g one hour before the earliest landing time at the enroute suifable airport.

, . -.- Similarly, crosswindAgilwind gust cpmponenls should also be willin the permissible limits.

Air India Express has-received approval'for 120 minutes ETOPS operalion. In !he ever11 of an in-flight shut down of an engine or single I multiple prirnary system .

failure, it is a requirement that the pilot should fly to and lasd 3t h e nearest adequate I suitable airport. . h ihe event of an engine failure dt~riii'gi;E~ operations, Ooeing prozedwe should be followed as given in the Boeing Owfations Manual and Ihe ETOPs Ops Training Manual.

13LVlSllSION rROCE13URiI . .

,. - ' . ,..-. . d 4 .. As far as posaibla. h e a!iwaft strou~d &urn or proceed lo an4nline airport wilhin the sfipuIat& range or land at an airpan o n the track. Availal$ly.a,f enginceing facilities niay w &en due consideration if more thalr one suitable airport is available within reasonably same diversion lirne. The Comn~ander's disuiisn and decisior~ to enscre safety bf operation is recognised al all times, as all variab:es govcnling to a oarticula: situation cannot be foreseen.

Page 60: B737 Operations Manualghy

... . .. .... .. .OPERATIONS MANUAL .- . ...: . . . - . . . , (PAGE 4-2 . HOPS CHAPTER - 4 -. . %I

- - . . . ,I

- :. 1 ...-.,. .... - ::-:I .* ' Adequate airpod is sn alrpod meeting the salely requirements for take-all and landing

-.y:.g .. , for mmmerdal and nonammeraal operations. 1 should be anticipated that at thc

. eKpectedt&neduw:f

I). the: aeqdmme @I be-compatible with the performance requiremenis for the eX#56d@ .anding and will be available and equipped with necessary

, aridt(aiy ,@k8s ATC, suffknl fighting; ~ornmunicatians, weather reporti@,:haQatioir a&, refuelling and emergency services and

' ii) 81 b s t .one let.down ald (ground radar ivou!d so qualify) will be available for an Instrument qqmach.

SWAB a * .

4-1.4.2 L&iA;IRpoRT . .'

~uilable' airport is an idequate airport wiUl weather repals or forecast or any combination theredhdlcatlng Lhal the weather mnditions are at or above operaling minima as spe&led in h e operalors spebfiation and h e field condition repod indicates that ,a &fe landing G n be accomplished a1 the time of Il~e inlended operdtions. . .

PWJ?RSIOEf/ ENROUTE ALTERNATE AIRPORT 4 -1-4.3 . . ' . . , .

~iversionl~nroule alternate alrpoi means ari ailpod at whlch an aircrafl may land if a landing at tlre intded alrpdrl is inadvisable. The aerodrome Hill be available and equipped with necessary ancillary services. such as ATC, sufficierit lighting. communications, wea!her reporting, navigation aids. emergency services, ctc.

4-14.4 - FXTE.NDEn RANGO OPERATIONS : -

. Extended Range Operations are h s e flights mnducled ovq a- route that oonlains a point fadher lhanLone hour flying time at the approved one'engine inoperalive uuise

' speed (under $tandard conditions in slill air) from an adequale airport. ,

., -.. 4- 1.4.5 EX'l'l3N DED IWNC B EN1'Ill' 2'01Ml' : >: 2 , _. _ . ,..-- -- , * *. ..<, . . . -. ... .. . . . . + *. ,.- . ,, . i . .-.., .. .. . The ~dended ~ & a g b Enw pint is ihe point on the aeroplanes out bound roule which

, m I . - is onehour fiyi%-Gme at Ihe approved single engine inoperative cruise speed (under . , . , standard condiiioni in still air) fraw'an adequate airport.

Page 61: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDL4 CHARTERS LIMITED

. ETOPSsegment stads at the ETOPS entry poi.'ht and ends when ihe aircrafl is within 120-minule area from an adequate airport.

- ., . . .,.. .- - . . . . .,. -. . . .. .. .-. , .

4-1.4.7 IN-FLIGHT SHlJTDOWN (IFSD)

OPERATIONS MANUAL . .

-... CHAPTER - 4 ETOPS PAGE 4 - 3 1 ' . \ -

Wl~crr an engine e a s e s to function intlight and is shutdown,.wbether self-induced, crew initialed or caused by some other external influence (i.c. lFSD for al cases; for example due lo flarneoul, internal failure, crcw initialed shut-off, foreign objccl ingestion, icing,. it~abilily lo obtain andlor control desired thrust, clc.)

A systcnl consisting of power unil and all other equipment rltilised to provide those f~rr~ctions necessary to sustain, monibr ar,d control llle powerlthrust output of any one-power unit following installation on the aidranrc.

4-1.4.9 4) C PLcUIm'rf STANDARD - . .

4 .

The parlicular aeroplane configuration minimum requirements including any special inspection, hardware' Cfe limits, master minirliun~ equipment ,list constraints and maintenance practices found necessary to establish the suitability of at1 airframe cllgil!c mrubir~atio~ I lor all, extended range operation.

.I- 1 .q. In ?&"++J~Mllhf I)TV~RSIQN ~f MI:

The nr aximum diversion time is t l k maximum flying lime autllsrised from any poi111 of . >

- , . , , . -... Ihe route lo Ihe nearest adequate airport for landing. ,.L . . - .,. . *... , . . , -. .- . , - . . . . . . .. . - . .- . .... 4-105 CRI?'EIUA,POK hlt NIMA AT I30 PS UTEINATE -. ..-. .... , ,. - . - --,- . .. , ,. ., The available foreast should show that Ihe airport is suitable lor a period

cornnlencing one hour before the earliest .expected lime-f arrivai and ending 1 hour after Ialesl expeded time of arrival. And during this time the laresast cross wind. componenl ir~duding gusts for the landing runway expected to beused should be less ihan the marin~um permitled cross wind lor landiag.

I The Extendcd Range opka[ions are covered under I20 rnhuler diversion time

Page 62: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHAR TE~RS LIMITED . ..

.> - .... .-. . , OPERATIONS MANUAL-

. ... . .-,- .,.. .-, ..., , ..... , IPAGE 4 4 , mops CHAPTER - 4 I

. . ! Procedure for prapulsion syslem monitgring where the following items needs lo be I

tracked :- -- . - i) ..A lisl of all engine shutdown events both on ground and innight (excluding normal

training events) for all c a u k Muding .flame out.

ii) Unscheduled engine removal fie , . and summary ' . .,.

lil) Total engine hwrs and ddes

Iv) Meantime between failures of propulsion system cornponenls that aHect reliability.

v) lFSD rate based on 6 arid 12 monll~s rolling average

. : vi) Any other relevanl data.

4-1.8 1

~QE~'ITOE~ING P R O G W M E

k syslem is in place to mtnitor thc following :-

i) Oil u>nsurqpth programme ii) Engine h d i l i o n Monitoring iii) Reliability Pr4ramrr.e. It hvdves .

a) Infliiht shvldowns b) Diversion oc lurnback c) Umrnrnenfed power changes' or surges d) Inability to uwltrol Ihe eng'he or obtain desired power e) Prablerns wilh syslems crilical to ETOPS f) Any other.evcnt de!rimental to ETOPS,.

A programme to mainlain aerqiarie in a state 01 mtinuous alrwodhiness is lollowed by Engi~leering Oeparlment In cmformily with the CAR.

The programrnc covers standards, guidance and direction necessary Id suppod '

intended operations. €TOPS (&led tasks aredenti tied;..ehecks are Carricd out to ensure slalus of 'the aeroplane vltrich are amptished and ~ertified by an ETOPS qualihttd malntenam person wlo ETOPS flight. Piompi imglemenlation of modiilion and insmion are wried out wliidl affect propulsion system reliabitily. . Pfocedures are cslablis!~ed lo ensure. (hat airborne equipmcnl will conlmue to maWain st Ihc level o l perfornlnnce and reliabilily reqilired for Extenbed Range Operalions. Approved Minirnur~~ Eqllipment I-isl (MEL) is - exclusively mainlained lor ETOPS operation, which describes proper ME]. procedures

i'. 1\ ;*.:/ ... ':>

Page 63: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMTTED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 4 ETOPS' PAGE 4 - 5 ! deferred items, maintenance checks and the system verification procedure to be properly p e d h e d .

Separate defect reports arc submilted lo DGCA on all defeds experienced on ETqPS seclors.

Tin? flight crew lrairhtg programlnc is spprovcd by DGCA wlid, covers initial and recurrent training on various aspeds iiidudina dandby generator as a sde power soure. Established contingency procedures are. emphasised for each area of operzlion intended to be used. Flighl crew are trained to evaluate probable engine and airframe system failure: Qbjed of this.lraining is to estabtish crew cornplency in dealing with most probable operating corlting&cies (diversion decision making). . ,

I'rairling also covers proficiency checks in perlorn~ance Iike.flighl planning p r d u r e on diversion, abnormal and emergency proedurcs, air slarl of propulsion system. crew inkpacitation, etc.

. .

Wlli!o dosp;llcl,ing 1I1a aeroplane lor ~ d c n d o d Range Operations llic followiug fa~lors aparl from aiworthiness aspects aie specifically considered :

i) System redundancy levels appropriale to cxlended range operations are as specified in ! l~c MEL

ii) A1 normal condilions of propagation and norr~ral one engine inopsra!ive cnrisc allilude reliable Iwo-way voice coni~~~u~~icat ions I~elween aeroplaric and ap~roprialc A1'C unit over the planqed roulc is availablc.

iii) NOII-visual ground navigition aids arc availablc lor the planned route and altcmalc [light palh. Visual and non-visual aids are available al the specified and allernate air1)orls for tllc aull~uriscd types ol apl~roaclles and operaling minirna.

. - - . iv) Fucl rcscrvcs ncccssnry lo Ily lo l l~c riiost crilical poirlt and cxccutc a divcrsiorl to

s suitable allernnlc airport irrldcr various operaliug cor~ditions.

v) P,cqt~ir.cd lakc.o[l dcstirl3tior1 and ~l lcrr~alc airporls lo be used i f \ the evcril cf cnginc or n:ller n~ecl~snical Isilurc are idcrilified and relleclcd in the relaled doa~nrents.

Page 64: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR4V..LMA'CHAR TEIPS LIMITED OPEWTIONS MANAL ,. , ...

. ( C H A ~ R s RADIO LISTENING WATUJ PACE s -I I , , ' I

i 5-t COMMUNICATIONS

. . '

I 5-1.t CONllNUOUS LISTENING WATCH

RADIO LISTENING WATCH It is the responsibility of the PIC' to ensure that at least one crew member continuously monitors the appropriate ATC frequency at all limes when wilhin controlled Airspace. Over water flighls and in uncontrolled Air Space a radio listening watch must be maintained on appropriate primary HF frequency of the concerned flight information center. The provision of SELCAL on HF I RT is deemed to satisfy this conditiqn.

An aircraft shall not be flown-on an IFR flight within' controlled airspace unless a continuous listening walch 'is mainthined on the appropriate radio frequency of, and two-way communication can .he esfablished as necessary wilh the appropriate Air Traffic Control Unit. . . . ,

COMMUNICATION FAILURE .. . . A

If a radio failure precludes 'cbmpiiance with 1 3-1.4.1 the aircrafl shall : , .

1). if in the'visual meteorologicat conditions : . . '

i) continue to fly in visual meteorological condilions; and

i i ) land at Ihe most suitable aerodrome.

2) if in instrument meteorological conditions or when weather conditions are such [hat is does not appear feasible to complete the flight in accordance with (1)

. above :

i) proceed according to the cunent flight plan, maintaining the last acknowledged assigned cruising level (or levels) for the portion of Ihe route for which the.,aircraft has received clearance and thereafter at

I Ibe cruising level (or levels) indicated in the current flight plan; and

ii) arrange the flight so as to arrive as closely as possible to ils estimated time of arrival; and - - , . .

iii) wmmmce descent as nearly'as possible to the expected approach time last received and acknowledged: or, if no expected approach time has been received and ackno~vtedged, as nearly as possible lo the

.eslimated lime of arrival sp~cified in the flight plan.

RESPONSlBlLlTY FOR Rm I RADIO LISTENING WATCH

In the normal course of flight, Ihe First Officer shall be responsible for opera!ing the IW. However, this does not restrict the Commander from carrying out the fW. Monitoring of the FUT is the responsibility of both Ihe Pilots.

Page 65: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . A I R - I , U . CHABTERT LIMITED OP~T1:ONSMANUAL -

-2 RADIO LISTENING WATCH CHAPER 5

. - During the fhght, in order to maidlain twoway communicationlcontinuous Radio listening watch, a m of h e pilols must tic at his station all the time.

I .

1 NOTE : ~ h b Telephony designator o l Air- India Express is 'Express India'.

Page 66: B737 Operations Manualghy

I 6-1.1 MINIMUM ENROUE ALTITUDES

mmu c m m s H m n .

The Mnirnum Safety Altitudes are established by the States concerned for the ATS routes promulgated by them. The width of the route within which !he safety allitude is applicable is also published by the States. This may be promulgated as Minimum enroule IFR Altitudes or'Fligh1 Levcls.

. . . . . - .. ... . : :.: ?..... ... --2..

6-1.2 THE OBJECTIVES --,

The objectives &hind promulgalion of these Minimum enrode Safety Altitudes are :

OPERATIONS MANUAL

0 to provide adequate terrain clearance along the route; i i ) to indicate the loweit Flight Level, below which Air Traffic Services are not

provided by the- State3 concerned.

.

METHOD OF DETERMINING MINIMUM -FLIGHT ALTITUDE

CHAPTER6 MINIMUM FLIGHT ALTITUDE PAGE 6.1

0 u ; method of determining minimum flight altitude is in conformity with ICAO Annex 2 8 Annex 11 and the CAR Series H'Part I Section 4 dated 1 6 ~ August, 1999, as fotlows :-

,-:::-. I - >,

6 -1 MINIMUM FLIGHT ALTITUDES

Except when necessary for take-off or landing or except where specifically authorised by the Authority an !FR flight shall be Rown at a level which is not below the minimum flighl altilude established by the state whose territory is over flown or where no such minimum flight altitude has been established, oi)i minimum flight altitude shall be at a kvql which is a1 least 2000 ft above he highesl obstacle within 10 NM of the estimated position of the aircrafl in the route.

. , " .

6-1.4 PRESENTATION OF MI NIMUM FI-IGHT AI-TITIIrlE

In the Ftight Plan, ,Minimum Flight Altitude shall be indicated as Safety Height (SH). White determining Minimum Flight Altitude, our flight Plan vendor has been advised

. . suitably to dse. the above method. Such safely Height is indicated in the Flighl Plan on Ihe routes flown.

TERRAIN CLEARANCE BY DEPARTING AIRCRAFT, . . . .

DeparEng aircraft should climb aul in such a menner and within the safely lanes, so as ta ensure terrain clearance.

Page 67: B737 Operations Manualghy

All2 WIA CHARElZS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

PAGE 8 - 2 MINIMUM FIGHT ALTITUDE C I T A ~ ' E ~ G . .

--,

6-2 MINIMUM HBGHfS I . - 0 . . ' 1 . -

6-2.1 + . RESTIUCTION FOR LOW FLYING . .

. .

~neb[-.When & for take-off or landing, or except by following the prescribed rules or procedures promGIgated by authoritis, aircraft should not be flown over the ~0ngeaed areas of dhs, towns or saltlernents or over an aperi-air assembly of persons. unless at such a helght as will pennit. In the event of an emergency arising, a landing to be made withoul undue hazard lo persons or @operty on ground.

. . .... The wise podion of a fight shall be conduded in t e h s of flight Levels. Flight Levels > :.I ... ... . .. : ;/*.> ... , . - - ,

are also used at M above the lowest ysable Flight Level or, where applicable, above the ..., - . ,: . , - . -

tran~llon altkude. AMudes are usod'for Rights below the lowest usable Flight Level or, w . . ..-.

P...., ,.-.. . . . where applicable, at or below the transition aMude.

. , - ..-< :-.-. ..

6.3 . ESTABLISHING MINIMUM FLIGHT ALTITUDES

- The method for establishing the minimum flight altitudes shall require approval of the DGCA. This method will be arrived at after considering the probable effects of the foll factors on the safetyhof the operalion in.queslion

a) the. aaxlraq and &ability wilh which L e position of the aemplana can be detmined

b)' the hacamidea In .the inditrons of the aftlmelers used c) the chafaef@stl~ of the teriam d) the pmbaMity of encountering unfavwra ble meteorological conditions e) possible Inaccurades in.aeronauti-I charts i) air space . r e s e s ,

Page 68: B737 Operations Manualghy

I

! AIR INDIA CHAR TEBS LIMiTED 1 . . . . . . OPERATIONS MANUAL

AERODROME MINIMA. ;;:! . . CHAPTER7 PAGE 7-1 f . -. . .

I 7-1 AERODROME OPERATI NG MINIMA

7-1.1 METHOD OF D~ERMINATION OF THE AERODROME OPERA~NG MINIMA

As per the requirements of DGCA CAR, Section-2, Series '0' Part-ll. daled 15 Jul 1999 and ICAO All Weather Operations DOC 9365-AN191 0, 2* Edition 1991, the opera to, shall eslabfish aerodrome operaling minima for each aerodrome to be used in operalions, based on method of deterrninalion of such minima duly approved by thc DGCA

AIRCRAFT CATEGORY 7-1.2

The Mimas are indicated tor each runwaylnavigation aid'br the respective type of aircrafl. Aircraft are classified pn the basis of speed 1.3 Vsb (at Max. certified landing

4 .. weight). CATEGORY C; Speed 1 21 - less Ihan 14 1 kt IAS

'1.1.3 The minima for 8737 (Category C) are shown for each airport.

EXPIANATION 7-2

7-2.11 CEIMG, DECISION'.HEIGHT AND 'MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE

Ceiling is prescrim for take-off and alternate minima and Decision Heghl (OH) Minlrnm Descent Altitude (MDA) for landing minima.

Vertical visibilily it provlded will replace coiling. These values are,given above ground level and in Ihe case of ceiling represent the height of the base of thenlowest layer of cfouds mverlng more than 4 1 8 ~ of, lhe sky on the final approach .path. In case a! vertical visibility in fog, mist elc. the value represents the vertical distance at which all

object such as a meteorological balloon ceases to be visible.

7-2.2 AOM 8 RVR REQUIREMENTS C r

Following will be the minimum values of AOM and RVR requirements for Landing and I Takedl at all airports. Depicled minima on respective tailored sheetslapproach charts . , If hlgher will be applicable. Exceptions for.LTqM under -Cat4 and above operations are

. explakd separalely.

I Approach ) 01-1 1 Touch Ccw~r I Mid RVR Roll r3ul RVR + - NOT APPLICABG APPLICABLE

Page 69: B737 Operations Manualghy

7-2.3 . RESTRICTIONS BY SOME COUNTRIES

&re appkM Lhe published Aternate midma-required for fling wi:l be depicted on the ,tailorH, ,*. For no~spdled foieign airports standard charts will be referred for such minlma . .

7-2.4 ETOPS MINIMA FOR SUITABLE AIRPORT I . .. . , I. . : . . .

Similarly the ETOPS minird bid down for enroule suitable alternates is for despakh purposes only and in the event of an dual diversion to the suitable airport, the amlicable l a d q mhirna for that airport will be Ae controlling factor.

'

L . -

7-2.5 .

The 'required visual reference' 'is defined as that section of the visual aids or of the . approach area, which should have been in view for sumdent time for ihe Pilot to have made an a s s n t of the aircraft -posilion and rate 01 change of position, in relation

I 1 '.. to Ihe desired f i i i t path. . rn . \ . I

OPERATIONS MANUAL

73.3 AOHERENCE TO.PRESCRl8ED MINIMA

.

The minima P d b d herein sfiall no1 kinfringed except in an emergency. The loreast of repMted meteorological ok&tiwrs shall not be less lhan h e minima prescribed herein in the follwing circumslancis:

PACE 7-2 ' AERODROME MINIMA C H A n E R 7

a) for dear- d a flight, . b) for deararm d a fliglll under ETOP Regulations.for take-off,

. c) for commencwnent of an Insbumenl approach procedure, 4 f o r f a k d .

74.2 C L W N C E OF A FLIGHT

A flight ta be wnducted in accordance with instrumen! flight rules shall not be commenced unkm hfom~ticm is a v a i W which indicates mat cunditions at the aerodrome of inlended landing and at least at one deslination alternate aerodrome will, at he estimakd time of arrivai, be at or ahve the aerodrome operating minima. For destinations h Australia, Japan 8 US4 ' ?h% - f 6 ~ ~ ~ w ~ a ! h e r ciridilions a! !he d-bnated alternates must be above ttra ALTERNATE ~ i n i m a lis!ed lor that alternale airport.

7-3-21 A flighl shall not be conllnued towards the aerodrome 01 intended landing, unless the latest evailable Infomalion Indicates that at he expected time of arrival, a landing can be effected at lhat aerodrome or at least one destination alternate aerodrome, in compliance wilh Ihe operating minima established in accordance with 4.2.7.1 of CAR section 2, series '0, gad II.

Page 70: B737 Operations Manualghy

. i AIR XhZ,U CHARTERS LrbfrTED OPElUTIONS MANUAL

.,.= .' . . , I CHA?IER~. AERODROME hlI N I M A PACE 7-3 I

' 7.3.2.3 If, after passing the outer marker Tu in case d precision approach, or after descending . belw 300 m (1 000 ft) above the aerodrome in case of non-precision approach, the

repded visibility or controlling RVR falts below Ihe specified minimum, tlte approach may bc cantinycd lo DNH or M O M . In any case, a n aeroplane shall not continue its approach-bland at any aerodrome beyond a point at which the limits ol the operating minima specified iw that aerodrome would be infringed.

1

7 5.3 C L W C E OF FLIGHTS UNDER €TOPS REGULATIONS

:

I .

For the despatch release of flights operated under ETOPS Regulations, in addition to the axrdilions in para 12-Z3.2 Ihe lorecast lor the designated SUITABLE enroute a l tmtes should be above the ETOPS minima for the peribd starting one hour before the earliest expected time or' landing to one hour afler the latest expected time of

. ' . . landiq. . . ..

D~RMINATIOH'OF TAKE-OFF MINIMA 7 4

7.3.2.2 An irrstrurnent approach shall not be continued beyond Ihe outer marker fuc in case of, precision approach, or ,below 300 rn (1 000 Tt) above tMe aemdrome in case d non- precision approach, unless Ihe reported visibility or controlling RVR is above the spedw minimum.

N o W y rnlnirna'delerrnined for approach and landing wi1l.L applicable fur fake-off. Takeon minima shall be greater than or equal to the applicable landing minima.

Taka offirninima bkr than landing minima can be applied for Cat-l and above bperalionk: Tailored sheets will show minimum values of LTOM applicable for the

' ' dnwy. I . . '

7-4.f LOWER TAKE-OFF MINIMA [LTOM)'

The fdlowing criteiia will be applicable for I he use of takc-off minims lower Ihan landing #,

minima lor departure :

i) RVR shall not be lower than 400m at foreign airports and 5OOm. at Indian airports, proaed that the departure airport is quipped '.with functioning High Intensity Runway LIghts(HiRL), Runway End Lighls and ~uhw& markings.

II) RVR shall not be lower than500rn at foreign airports when- thc deparfure airpart is equipped wi th only .fincfioning7 RuiIwjF f @KIS(RL), Runwzy 'End Lghts and Runway markings;

. . ,. - , ... . <. ,. . .. - , iii) Wherever multiple RVR observations are reported for Ihe runway, he lowest

,.-.. 8 - . . . value of RVR will be the determining faclor for the purpose of iandingliake-ofl

minima. All the RVRs should be more than 5001400 when low take off minima being used.

I

iv) When RVR is not available Re lowest take-of minima will be VIS 800m I %SM. j ... .... .....-- .>y .,- , . - - : a . - I S . O ~ . Z O O ~

Page 71: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHART&&- LIfiTITED OPERATIONS MANUAL, ' . - . , .'. .'

'. ..'. .'. ; c I PAC;€ 74 : -, AERODROME MINIMA. ' CHAFTER 7 , ' 1

'.v) LTOM ciiteria will not beappli&ble.to the aifields which are critical, situated in w e . hlly terrain and where safety margins are inadequate.

vi) Wherever the application of LT6M aileria is not possible, the landing minima will be applcabk for take off.

y;ii) mltabk airport should be available as a take-off alternate for departure within hour d Wng time fw two engine aircralf and wilhin two hours of flying time

for Wre than two etigime alrcrafl based on one engine inoperative cruise speed in still a t mnditions.

viii) Visibility cxmdlUons at h e designated alternate airport should be at or above the filed m i h i for 1 hour before and 2 hours after the estimAed time of arrival. This shwld not be less than the following:

. - ... Cloud Ceiling

Precision Approach - . 600 feet AGL; or DH + 200 feet whichever is higher.

Non-Precision .- 800 feet AGL;.or MOH + 200 fes! Whichever is higher

~sibiri .. - 3600 m ix) PIC should be in p&i&ssion of accurate weather, Notarns and olher safety

.informatig before carrying out Ihe Low Wsibilify Takeoff at OepaFture and. ' eemateairporls.

x) Full Thrust should be used for take-off. . ,- xi) If h e visibility is 800 m or Icss, the take-off runway should be equipped with

serviceable and functioning High liltessily Runway Lighls, and Runway Centre- line Lights orKentre-tine markings which should be clearly visible hroughout the take-off nm.

If the WsibililRVR is more than 800 m, Take-off runway should be equipped with serviceable and functioning Runway Lights, and Runway Centreline Lig his or Runway Centre-Line Markings dearly visible lhroughout h e take-off run.

fn addition to the normal MEL, the Airc~att Systern/Equipment listed below, which are criLical for L& V~ibility Take-off and landingm shbTldbe fully seniceable-

a) Wind-shield wiprs for both Pitol and Co-pilol stalions; b) Window heat lor all heated cockpit Gndows; c) Antiskid System; d) Thnrst Reversers for all engine; e) All F l ~ h t Director Systems, Auto-Pilot, Radio Altimeter; 9 Weather Radar; g) At least two VHF Corn sets; h) At least two VHF Nav sets.

Page 72: B737 Operations Manualghy

i - AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL,

I CHAPTER7 AERODROME MNIMA PAGE 7-5 1 xfi) Thunderstorm, wind-shear aclivity and precipitation (except driile) are not likely

to e encountered in the vicinity of the airport during take-off,

xiv) PIC should have undergone specific training for low visibijiiy take-off and landing as per training syllabi.

xv) PIC sl~ould havc a III~~~IIIUIII of 500 hours of command cxpcricncc on lypc sncl 10 hours recency experience as PIC in the preceding 30 days.

xvi) PIC should inform ATC, Flight Despatch or his intention to use Low Visibility Take-off Minima for that partjwlar take-off.

xvii) Assisted take-off and landing not be permitled in low visibilily conditions.

7-5.1 CATEGORY I PRECISION APPROACH

In the rare event of temporarj OCA increment above chased DAlMDA and when revised minima alongside OCA . . .. charges are not mentioned, following msthod will be -applied to revise minima. . ' . a :

. .

i) Subtract threshold elevati'on from new OCA to arrive at OH. Use this OH lo arrive at WSIRVR minima from-the table below lo r Cat-l Precision Approach.

i i ) As per the decision taken for the new system only FF and BF tables are produced below:

-. - -.--- ' - 4 - . - iii) For using the RVR minima' of lowef,lhan 800 m, the following conditions

should be met ;

a) The runway should be equipped with serviceable and fvnctioning Cat-l . lighling sysiem he, approach lighting, high intensity runway lights and centre-line lighting.

BFIALS Out 1200M . '

1300M

1900M Add 300M .

DH (A) ' 200-250

251 -299

300-350 For every subsequent block of 50 ft. DH increment

b) The PIC should have ~rndergonc suitable simulator training usirig RVl i of 600 m or less for approach and landing.

FF RVR 550M WS' 800M RVR 650M VIS 900M

1100M Add 300M

Page 73: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR IiWLA CHARTERS LLIMITED . . . . . .. . ...7 ..., . OPER~TIONS MANUAL

.y<::q 5:y.i - -..a I PAGE 7-6 AERODROME MINIMA CIIAITER 7

I

- i b) Afkr the M g as above in (b), a, suitable entry is made in the log ,--:---! . , -

1 , k k of the PIC 10 hls effect. . . .

The Pilot-in-Cmand should have achieved the 100 hours ic the relevant aeroplane wfth restrid4 (higher) minima as given below before being certihed to use the

law& apprbved mhlma :-

NON-PRECI SION APPROACH

Subhd thf&hoki w ARP elevation, whichever is lower, horn i kw OCA to arrive at Mw. Use this MDH to amve at VIS minima from the table below for Non-precision

. Approach. , .

FF (Full Facitities) comprise Precisio-n Approach HIALS 740m or more, HIRL, R W markings, Threshojd tights, RW end lighls.4ightsmuslbe on.

- - BF ( basic Fadlities) comprise Simple ALS (any lengths) or no ALS at all, RL, R W , markings, Threshold Lights, RWY end lights. Llghts must be on. For simple understanding,. any degradalion in HIALS andlor HIRL under FF: will reduce this facility to BF.

CIRCLING APPROACH *

Subtract ARP &levallon from new OCA to arrive at MOH. Lowest MDH to be used for circling mlnlma will be 600 ft. and 700 ft. fbr Cat-C and Cat-0 respectively. Use the

Page 74: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIK INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED .

OPEIRATIONS MANUAL I ClIAFiER 7 . AERODRGME MINIMA - PAGE 7-7 1

applicable MDH to arrive at VIS minima from the Non-Precision Approach BF table given In 12-2.5.3. ' No credit of ALS is to -be taken.

COMPONENTS INOPERATIVE

7-6.1 The minima shown against ILS is valid only if all the components associaled with ILS viz. Localiser, glide path, outer marker, middle marker and also . approach lighting system are operative. In the event of any of these components being inoperative or not available, the ILS minima shall be increased as indicated below. For PAR approaches, the minima shall be inaeased as indicated if approach lighting system is not anilable.

Example : ' If basic ILS Minima is 200'/750rn, increase it to 300'11200m or . 300'11600m if GP is inoperative (with or without ALS, as the case may be).

Component inoperative1 riot available 1

i ) ILWAR bqsic below 300'11 200m :

Glide Path

OM or MM'

Ii)ILSIPAR basic minima as or above 300'11 200 m :

Glide path

OM or MM

# If basic ILS minima is 300'11 200m, increase it to 400'11 600111 if GP is inoperalive.

NOTE: i) If IocaIiser is inoperative, ILS approach is not aulhorised. li) Correction .for localiser (GP inoperative) is necessary only if specific minima have

not already been laid down for localiser against-individual airpwts; ili) If compass locafor, DME, radar or other radio fix considered as a subslik~te for

outcr marker is available, no .grrection is necessary.

Increase Minima

7-6.2 Degradation in ALS or RWY Lighling System will require VlSlHVR minima to be raised to applicable values for BFIALS OUT rnen!ioned' in the Jeppessen sheetslcharls. Calcula!ion for IF is not considered.

DH .

By 100 fl -

By 50 ft

By 100 It

8y 50 ft

Note: There may be oaasions when as againsl the actual degradation of ALS to IF, the above method results in excessive increment of minima which may adversely affecl

VISIRVR

Up to 1200m' (wilh ALS) Up lo 1600rn(without ALS)

Up lo i200m

By 400m #

By 300m

Page 75: B737 Operations Manualghy

, AIR INDU CHARTERY LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL - .

I FACE 7-8 AERgDROME MINIMA CHAPTER 7

. . . ' operations. Under such circumstanas, i f considered necessary, a separate calculation .'-*'*I

I of approprlat8,mbdma for IF may be issued throu~h company advices. . .

7-7 PROCEDURE H I R COMMEN~ING LANDING .-

An iflstrument approach prmdure for landing can be, commenced and e x e c ~ ted {except at Ausfrakia) if the repodd visibilitylRVR is not less than that laid down for the respective approach aid, withwl regard lo Ihe reported cei[ing or verlical visibility. However, at Wbalian a m , bolh ceiling and RVR must be above minima for .mmrnenclng an approach.' Upon reaching the prescribd DHMDA, the approach may be continued and a landing made if the 'required visual reference' has been established, ,if naf, a missed approach procedure MUST be execute'd. However, in a non-precision approach (I,e. other than ILSIPAR), it is permitted to level off with a view to establish ttte 'requird visua! referend at a laler stage, but before the p r & M missed approach point. In commencing an approach based on reported RWsibility criteM only, C q a n d e r should assess the extent of doud layers of faglmist condith with a view to ensuring that [here is a reasonable possibility ol

rn visual referen& at DWMDA

7-7,1 RVR AND VlSlSlUTY

Whenever both RMI and visibifity are available, RVR wi tl be the criteria for landing. . -

7-7.2 DESCENDING B&OW D M D A .. '

AircraR shall not k c e n d below OHlMDA unless

a) the airaafl Is in a position at that height. from which a normal approach to the nrnway dlnte'nded lading can be made

AND b) the *required visual relerence' has been estabiiskd with regard to approach

threshold of that runway or approach Ilghb or oUler marking idcntfiable with the approach end of the runway. .

CONTINUANCE OF LANDING

Landins should anly be effected if the Pilot conlinues to have the visual reference from DHIMDA till lading.

MISSED APPROACH

If on reaching D W A or at any time lhereafler any of the requiremenls under para 12-2.7.1, 12-2.7.2 and 12-2.7.3 are not met, the Pilot MUST immediately execute the p r m i i missed approach pf&ure:

In cirdlng to land, aircraft should not descend below the cirding minima ur~til it is i i l a position-to make final descent for landing. The Pilot should maneuver ihe shortest path

.. . .. .. . 1

0 1.10.200:1 . ,-'. -. ...:I ::: - ::*-:/

Page 76: B737 Operations Manualghy

to the base or d d n d leg aid lhe circling area should not exceei a radius of 2.3 mites trom the runway.

-.. i . . OPERAT~ONS I M A N U ~

7-7.6 . UNDING RUNWAY LENGTH REQUtREMENTS .

. . .

... i .. , . . . Pilots should bear in mind, landing runway length requirements when operating wilh -... .. .- - low minima values. -. . .. 8

CIIMTLR 7 .

CONVERSION TABLE

AERODROME MINIMA PAC 8 7 - 7 - - 1

-

The following table provides accepled equivalent values to RVWVisibility in diffcrcrlr unlts of ineasurement:-

7-9 ~ O P S MINIMA .. a

!

RVR (M) 400 806 1200 1600 . 2000

Weather Minima for Airports designated as suilable enroute alternates. under ETOPS w Regulations are prescribed as under. It must be noted that .the Minima shown

hereunder are for despatch release purposes only and in the' event of an actual diversion, the applicable landing .minima for ihal Airport will be in controlling factor.

I F u W , these Minima are for Pr~isionlNon-Precision 1

Approaches at the respective Airprls. In the event,'lLS is no1 available, the despatch ETOP,Mnha forthat ~ r p o r t should be determined as per FMAdvisory Circular AC . 120 42Awhich lays down the following criteria:

. Celling 01 400 ft and ulsibilit),of 1600rn cr Celllng of 200 fl and vislWity of BOOm above the authorised ILS landing nii'nima; whichever is higher.

, R V R I R ) ' '' " 1600

2400 4000 . '

5000 6000

~rports with I L ~ oi; ilnqlea~nwa\fi- -. - - - .- . . .. Celllng af 600 ft and .visibility of 3200m or Ceiling of 400 ft and vlslbiity of 1600m or the authorised ILS landingminima: whichever is higher.

MS (S.M.) 114 SM

. I ~ S M 314 SM I SM

1114 SM "

iii) ~ l r ~ o k s with non-precision approaches; Ceiling of 800 (t and visibility of 3 2 0 0 1 ~ or Ceiling of 400 f l and visibilily of 1F00m above the authorised non-precision ianding minima; whichever is higher.

Page 77: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL . . - '

. . . .., [ PACE 7-10 F>:.:'

>..A ..., ../. AERODROME MINIMAh -CHAPIER 7 1 $:.:I3 .:.:.?

7.10 HIGHER MINIMA DUE SEVERE DOWN DRAUGHTS

When the topographical features in a particular runway environment Irequen tly produces down draughts in the approach area, then, the minima may be increased as follows ;- .

DH by100fl :.I:. ...I ....-, 'I.:,, - 8

RVRMS by 200 m

7-1 1 COMMANDER'S RESPONSlBlLlTY

For low visibllily operations it is Ihe Comrnandefs responsiblity to evaluate lhrough his . . own observations that the adual conditions at the time af take offllgnding are at leas!

- -,. . . -.. -. .,. .., ,. . , ..: equal to or betler than the fled minima even though the reported visibility is above

. .. minima and ATC has given him clearance. Even if Met conditions meet Ihe minima . ..

:, <.-..:.' - required the Commander may use his discretion to delay a take off 0r.a landing if the

- .,. weather has dderiorated or is likely to deteriorate. ::. ..! . ... -I.: >: - ..

7-12 THRESHOLD CROSSING HEIGHT FOR PRECISION APPROACH

Crew should ensure that the aircraft conducting precision approaches crosses the threshold at 50ft. with he,airpfane in the landing configuration and altitude.

7-1 3 ICAO CRITERIA

ILS Categories I, I1 and ill are defined by ICAO as specific ranges of wealher minima for precision approach operations, in accordance with tCAO criteria and are listed M o w .

7-1 3.1 Category I1 and Category 111 inslrument approach.and-landing operations- shall not be aulhorised unless RY information is provided. It is recommended that for insirurnenl approach and landing operalions, aerodrome operating minima below 8DOm visibilily should not be aulhorised unless RVR information is provided.

CATEGORYn I II

lllA Ill8 lllC

ALL W-TH ER OPERATION IAWOP~'

As per lCAO Annex 6 Pad-I, the state of ope~tor has an obligation in respect of Aerodrome Operating Minima (AOM). This obligation is met by supervising the determination of AOM. The method of the determination of AOM shall be in mnformily wiOl ICAO DOC. 9365-AN19 1 0.

. . ---.- +

15.08.200G

DECISION HEIGHT 200 ft

20C)-tOO ft Below 100 ft

Below 50 ft or no OH No limit

VISIBIUTYIRVR 800m V1d550 m RVR

' 3 9 m RVR . 2M3mRVR

50 m RVR No limit

Page 78: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

1 CHAFrER7 AERODROME MINIMA PAGE7-11 1

ICAO DOC. 9365 All Wcalt lcr Opc~alions PI ovidcs guidoncr: orb cstablist~mc~~l of AQM. The guidance material contained in the manual is related lo taxiing, take-off and

' landing operations in conditions where visual relerena is limited by weather conditions. The ICAO Manual of All Weather Operations describes lechnical and operational factors associated wilh the method of' determining and supenrising AOM for take-off, non-precision and precision approaches including ILS operation equivalent to ILS Cat-l.

These guidelines for establishing Ihe AOM take full account of Ihe following provisions of ICAO Annex 6 Part-l Para 4-2.7.2.which are as follows :-

7-1 5 OPTIMUM USE OF MULTIPLE CREW IN MARGINP.1 WEATHER CONOLTIONS .

During inter, the chances of encountering wealher minima below CAT-I conditiotls Increase. To make optimum use of available crew on board and their CAT-IIICat-Ill quatiions and to 'prevent defaysldiversions, the followingprocedure must be adopted.

. . . , m. ., . - ... i) The type, perlor~nance a ~ l d handling characterihics o l the aeroplane; .-.- ..,-.,. ... ,. . . ." ii) The corrrpsiliol~ of tllc niylil crcw, lhcir compctcncc and oxpcricnw: .... ,... iii) The dimensions and characteristics of the runways which may be selected for - . - --.- ..... ... . use; :::5 .... . - .< ....I

d.x..2: iv) The adequacy and performance of the available visual and non-visual ground aids;

v) The equipmed available on the 'aeroplane for the purpose of navigation ! andlor coatrol of the flight path during the approach to landing and Ihe missed

. , 1. When the designated PIC is not Cat-llllll qualified bul the 2nd Commander and

First Officer are Cat4 I1II1 qualified. I

, .

hj ['I c-dcpa~ l u ~ c : 2"' cur 1l r11 JI 1 JUI will lakc uvcr as PIC for Illat lliylll ar ld suilable information is lo be given to ATCIDespatch.

. approach; vi) The obstacles in the approach and missed approach areas and the obstacle

clearance aliludcn~cighl lor !Ile instrumed,spproach proccdurcs; vii) Thc means uscd to ~ C ~ L ' I I ~ I ~ I I C . and ICI)OI( ~neteoroloyical conditions; and .

viii) Thc obstacles i r ~ l l ~ c : cli~lll) oul arc:\:; aid ncccssnry clcarsr~cr: ~nnrgins

b) In-flight : P I C will handover the-mrrwnd to the 2v . Commander for execuling a successful approach and landing in CAT II condilions.

2. When Firsl Officer is no! CAT-IIII I I qualified but PIC and 2"d Commander are CAT 11/11 qualified.

In both the cases, the 2"4 Commander will function as a PNF for Ihe phase of flight where the First Olficer is not suilably certified. Changeover must take

Page 79: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CHMTEm LJMITED

1 ' place when aircraft is stopped on ground or in stabilized flight before I I commm6ng the approach procedure. . I

..., :; .... .-...... sp.y ... OPERATIONS MAWAL .

I t t; to be ,ensued .that logging of hours by the crew do nd violate any, provisions WM are laid dorm by the DGCA.

.- .. . ' 1

> - !

: 1 , PACE 7-12 AERODROME MINIMA- CHAPTER 7

Page 80: B737 Operations Manualghy

A TR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED - -OPERATIONS MANUAL .

~ ~ E R B REFUELLING W I T H PASSENGERS ON BOARD PAGE 8-1 I

8.1.1 Refuelling wit% pax. On board . . . . . . ,

SAFE1Y PRECAUTIONS REFUELING .

NO REFUELING IS AUTHORIZED WHEN A N AIRCRAFT ENGINE IS RIJNNING - PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEnURES FOR REFUELING AN AIRCRA- SHALL BE AS PRESCRIBED IN RULE 25-A of the Indian Aircraft Rules I937 and will be Ihc responsibility of the Maintenance and the Operating Crew. During relue;ing no electrical swilches Ihat are not required for the refueling and ils indication, shall'be operated ext;ept minimum amount of cabin lighting - and steady parking lights. Maintenance will also be responsible to ensure lhat Ihe correct quantity and lyp of fuel and oil is on hard (he airaaft before any flighl. The quantity of the rue1 required will be .intimated to the Maintenance by the Flight Operations I PIC.-

- * It will be the responsibility of the PIC to ensure Ihat there is sufficient fuel and oi! on , ' bohrd as per company policy:.-'.~e I she may authorize passengers to embark or

disen~tatd or rem'ain in the =bin during refueling subjecl to thc following condilions:

8.1.2 H EFUELLING (8737) fiepqluced , . . . b e l ~ w Aircraft rule.25A of lr~diarl Aircrafl Rules 1937

QUOTE . .

25A. .Fr~clting of aircraft-

(1) No pcrson shall ,fill or replcnislr tire fuel tanks ,a; an aircraft from vchiclcs or vessels mtaining pelmleiim in bulk or from fuel hydrant installations except' fron~ vehicles or inslallations of a lype approved by the Chief Inspector of Exptosives bi from baiges licensed trrldor tlrc I'ctrolcun~ Rt~tcs, 1937.

1 . .

) l ~ I I I~ I I~J (I ~~*lli~\!t (jj~~-l~;lli,xv;, :vliit:l~ I 11:ly i ~ ~ r : l ~ 11 11- fiIIil if J 01 41 ai11i119 nf (1ir.l tn~lliz, I Iw (c~llnwiri~~ ~~rccautions slidl bc obscrvcd :-

(a) Fuelling of airaart shall be donq:'outdoors arid not less than 1 5 meters from any building.

(b) A " NO SMOKING" nolice shall be prominently displayed.

(c) Smoking or use of an appliance employing naked flame or use of an appliance capable of producing a spark or in any other way igniting, li1,eI vapours.shall no1 be permitted wilhln 30 rrictcrs OC tl~r! aircraf or fuclli~lg cqt riprnanl , . .

(d) Aircraft engines shall nol bs s tar t4 clr kmed a d ignilion switches shall be placed in the *CII:l:" [~os~bor~. (e) Aircraft cledrical radar an3 radio systenls shall no! be oper.ated and Ihe switches relating (hereto shall remain in the "OFF" position: Provided that Ihis clause shall not apply I? cteztrical swilclr~s contro!ling llle foilo~iiring circuits

ji) power and light essential Tor fuelling opcralions; (ii) minimcmarnount of cabin lig t lling; and (iii) steady yarking ligllts. Such switcl~cs shall r~ot be operated during Ihe fuslling

opcralimis. . .

Page 81: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR I IVD~A CIIAR TERS LIMITED

(0 The use of ground paver supply unit$ airconditioning units, traclors and similar equipmen! shall bt3 W s i b t e subjed to compliance with the following conditions:-

- ..(i). Flexible'training mMes suitable lor use In hazardous areas shall be used. I (II) They shall be located outside he Danger Zone. 'Danger Zone" is defined as [he area

vn'thin the largesl polygon oMainable by joining points 3 meters away from Ihe wings and thg fueling vehicle.

(iii) The units, Inchdug the assodated electrical equipment, shall be flame-proof and of a ' typeapprovw bythechief lnsped~~o~Explosives,othenvisethey shalI be stafioned

at a distance dfm! less than 15 meters. in Ihe case of gasoline or wide oul fuels and 6 metek,In tha case of straight kerosine, from Ro aircraft and the fuelling vehicle.

(iv) They shall not b switchedmmOK or "OFFu during fuel transfer. , . . - -

(g) The klelling'.&uipment and the a h a i l shall be banded to each olher and bolh shall bo earthed. _. .

(h) No person other @an the staff of Ihe operator, fuelling company and officials of ilie Civil Aviation Uepaitmleiil, Customs and Police, shall be permitted within 15 meters of ihe aircraft.

. . ' v 0) Passengdk may IE pernlitld to en~l)ark, discr~~l~ark, or remain i r ~ fhc cabin subject

lo Ute following conditions :-

(i) an attendanl shall remain on duty in tl~c cabin of the aircraft. ' I ' l l ~ altendanl . . shall - .

f i i ) ensure Ural no 'smoking lakes placr: or other source of ignilion is allowed lo occur anrl shall assist in d ~ e removal of passengers in the event 01 lire;

(iii) the passenger loading ramp shall, be correctly posilioned at l l ~ e cabin cxil door and dequate provision shaII be made to maintain the equilibrium of f l ~ c aircraft in w e all passengers alternpt Lo leave by one ex$;

(iv] in -case of marine aircraft; adequalc means oi water transpod 511311 t ) ~ stationed at cabin cxit door.

0 ) The, handling of freight and I~aggage in and around the aircraft sliall not proceed simultaneously wilh lueging unless adequab precautions l lave beerr laken lo eli~t~i~latc fi['c risk.

(k) No aircraft maintenance shall bc conducted Midl may provide a source of ignilion for fuel vapow during bellirq opcralio~rs.

(I) Fire extinguisl~ers of adcyualc capdly and ol suilablc lypr, approved by t l ~ c Om(:lor- General shall be avzilaMe for immediale use near !I& aircraft.

(m) In the event of fuel being spilled, fuelling must cease &d the engine of i ~ r & ~ r o u l ~ d powc~ supvly ~rnits mr~st h? slnpp~d, hilt tile ~lactricnl circ~~ilq ?nd switches shntdrl nn rh accn8inl be loudled except for llle purpose 01 stoppic~g lllc power u~lil. Prior to I ~ C O I I I ~ I I ~ I ~ C ~ ~ I $ J

tucllirlg, aclion rl~usf hc,lakcr~ lo clcarr lllc spilled ILICI (.'\rcI I I I L I S ~ r io l tc wasl1c3 itblo scwc~ r;

or drains.

Page 82: B737 Operations Manualghy

1 AIR INDIA CHARTERS LItIiITE'D

(n) Fuelling oprati6ns shall cease when 'a turbo-jet aircraft rn-anowres so - as to bring &he rear jet outlets within 43 meters of the fuelling equipmenl or the aircralt.

, < T ..,. 'ir ..,.

NOTE - The,requirements of clause (f) o i sub-rule (2) above shall not apply to (he uie of ground batteries as an auxiEary sburce 31 electric supply to the aircraft provided they are not a ~ e d e d or d~swnnecled during fuelling operation.

OPERATIONS MANUAL .

,... I CIIAWEII R REFIIEI.i.1NT: WIT1 I PASSENC: I.ItS ON 11OAIt11 - I'ACI; U -J I

UNQUOTE

Safely Precautiqns :- I . Passcngcrs may b pcn~?ilcd lo embark. rliscrnbark qr rcrnain i" tllc cabin

during refuelling, unless otherwise notified by the ~ i r ~ & % u l l l o r i t ~ of India. 2. 'I'l~c No-Sr~\oki~~g and Exit Sigtrs sllall be illul~~irlaled. 3. The entrance door must be gpn. 4 . The station engineer or a - p r s a n delegated by himlher shall be responsible for

establishing' and maintaining a two-way cor~~munication belwcen the flighl deck and fuelling personnel.

5. The =bin crew in charge must h notified by the Flight crew or the AME that fuelling will lake place. . .

6 . Tl~c flight deck mikt be manned by a( least one Flight crew or all

aulhorised Engineering personnel, who will l ~ c responsiblc lor ir~iliaiirig an c n ~ c r ~ s l ~ c y cvaanliri!~.

7. Thc comn~enccmer~l 'of cn~barkalion nrust LH: co-coordinated betweer1 tl~e Fligl I ( ,

cfcw, or AME, C~U I qrcw ill clia~yc arid l l w i J I U ~ traffic stall. 8. Cabin crew niusl nolify the FIigM crcwl AME, if Ihe prcscnsc of fucl vapour is

detected i~side the aircraft or any olher hazard arises during refuelling. 9. Access to door exits the aislzs and line sCde- deployment area must

not be obslructed. 10. The slepladder must be correclty and safely pos,ilioned at the Fwd

and Aft enlr-4 door, will1 a cabin crew manning lhe doors. "

11. l r ~ Il~r! event Ihe Aft entry door is not i~szd for passenger e-mbarkalion or disembarkation, lhen the door must be armed and mannedby a cabin crcw.

12. I'asscrlgcrs rirust h irrstructcd lo u ~ ~ l a s l c r ~ U r i r scnlt~clts and Illat smokir~l; is 1101

pcm~ilted. . 13. The tiandling -01 baggage in ari'd around Ihe aircrafl sllall not proceed

si~~~ullaneously with iuelting unless adequale precauli5ns have been laken io eliminaie lire risk. . ,

14. Ground Sewidng activities and work - inside tli$,'jaircralt, such as calering'and cleaning must nol in any way' obslruct the emeigenc;i exils or l l ~ c aisles.

15. The cabin crew nlust be prepared for an immcdlate evacuali?n. The Fliglit crcw or the Cabin crew in charge shall givc clear inslructions on thc exits to bc uscd ill tllc r<ent an ciilcrgcllcy cvacua!ion I,cco:r~es necessary.

16. Tlw cal~iu cr c!w ill cllsrgc sllall rwltify tlw ~otlLllit ~ruw/ AML 91 Jr ~y clyvi;~liur~ I;utll 111 OL:CJUICS.

Page 83: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDIA CH.4 RTE- LIMITED . . , ... . . -. .. .,

OPEEUTiONS MANUAL - . . .. I .... 1 PAGE84 * RErmEUlNG WTTHPASSEEIGERS ON BOARD CHAPTERS I

I 8-2.1 : - ~ f ; L F N G I D E - m T E L L W G WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD AT I m W I N * N G A

< :,: .. .

::::I ,AND DURING EMBARKA

:.:<. . i - .,I -: . I

T I O N I D I S ~ M B ~ T I O N -- ... , ....

8-2.1.1 R-WlcACWmRS LIMITED POLICY

A flight mew member or a ! ra id Engineering personnel shall remain on board and stalioned in the deck during re-fuelling!dc-luclling operalion. In d i n a t i o n wilh c~lcemed kyarlments, the lollowlng proce'dure has beer1 evolved w f w y v e r re-fueGr~ldelfuelling is carried oul with passengers on boardldun'ng pasikngek h a m :; -

- - . '

q

Ground ~&hces 0epar(ment mi e&&e thzt one of the following is provided :-

1. T w o s t e p l a d d e ~ a l ~ o ~ o n l s f t s i d e o l a ~ i r c r a f ~ . ' 2. Two Jetlips at two exils 3, One Jetty y d one step ladder.

Note : 1) For passengu boardinghpnposes, only an; door m a y be used and the olher

could. e m a h dosed. 2) Ground SBPJlCjng adivitie should be conducted in such a manner Ihat they do

not create a hazard or obsinrct'exisb.

p I N N ENT I .

In ihe'event &t f&Gngld&- f~ operalion ha5 to be mrnrnenced with passengers on bard but the lQhl.erew is nd in h e cockpil, a trained ~ n ~ i n e e r i n ~ personnel shall remain in Ihe ackp1. Such a person shalt remain in contact wilh ground personnel S U p ~ s h g the re-fueling/d&lng operation through the aircraft two-way wmmuni~tion channel; and shall .inform (he cabin crew about evacuation of passengers,,, if so dueded by h AlrcraIt M?iintebahce Engineer in-dlargc o l re- luelinglde-fuelling . ' - AM€ In-charge, pf (he re-fueling&-fuelling shaU .be r d s p ~ i b t e lor deaiding (he need for. evaalal[drl. of passerlgers in case of . a . situation arising out qf re-:uetinglde- fue~ing operation.

Irlfliglll Supervisor will ilriliatc cvacualicjl~ pr occdure wlvherlsver 01 dated Ly Iliylll. uewllrained Engineerinc personnel In the cockpil.

Page 84: B737 Operations Manualghy

I AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIO~S MANUAL

3 1 CHAPIZR8 REFUELLING WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD FAGE8-5 I .: --.

OPERATTONS DEPARTMENT

Whenever afiy nigh! mew member is in the cockpit :-

1 Ensure the mpliance of procedure as laid down in Operations Manual. 2) Maintain amhunication wilh ~nginaen'k Personnel who is ' supenrising the

refueling. 3) wt~enevcr informed of an emergency situalon by the Engineering personnel,

order the Infight. Supe~sorlCabln Attendant to , commence passenger evawation.

8-2.1.2 -F THE ICAO ANNEX-6

The requirements pertaining to Cabin Crew will also be incorporated in the Cabir: Crew Training Manual Tor mpfiance.

- Passengers may be permitted to remain on b a r d during' fueling of airuall. The following anditions whiir are in conlormity wit11 UIC ICAO Annex. 6 Para 6-3 sllould bc obsyed. These requirements are also in conformity with CAR.

Full Arnplernent of mbin allendank a s per tnda Airuaft'~"le shall be on board before passenger boarding is started a1 originating station and until the last passenger disembarks from the airmll a( the destination.

i) At transit slalians, at least 50% of minimun~ cabin attendants shall remain on ddy in the cabin of the aircrafl. The allcndants slrali ensure that no smoking lakzs place nor other source of ignition is allowed lo occur.

i i) Provision is made for sale evacuation of passengers via at least two o l Ilw main passwe! exit doors in the event of the emergency. The attendanls shalt man h e exits in order to superviselassist evacualion of passengers, if needed.

iii) If during fueling, the presence of fuel vapur is detected in the aircraft inlcri~r , or any other hazard arises, lueling should be stopped. . . - , - ,. - . -. - -'- 1 a ._

iv) Wlh refueling with passcngers'embarking, on board or dcsccrrdir~g t-cvo way wm~llutlication shall be mainlained by aeroplanes intercommunication system w other suilable means belween the ground crew kupervising tho refueling and (he qudirid persor~r~cloll board the aeroplane.

V) Ground servicing ai:tivilias and work wilhin ltle aircraft shou'ld be corlduc!cd irl such a mannar that lhf y do :lo! create a hazard or obstrucl exilsf

' vii) Access lo and egress tronl the areas where aircrafi escape chules may be deployed skwld be ke~t cleared. . .

Page 85: B737 Operations Manualghy

- .

larR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED . . OPERATIONS MANUAL . ' I: . '. ..... -

viii) When passengers are embarking or dircn~barlring during fueling, lllcir routcs should avold areas ~ e r c fuel vapours arc likely to be present and be under Che supervision,ot an akline ofiidal. 'NO SMOKING' should be enforced stdctlfchhg such p a s q e r move men!^.

8-2.2 - I I Q P m T f O N S DI TRING-WFm . .

LLINGl DE-G

N U sbc( O f shuldorm k perndiedlf necessary, during rclwVdefud promdurcs. - HoweuP#,'h lollowing am*& apply:

- t) N U sUrt M I permined d u i q refueidefue!, it it has failed IQ start or aulo sliuls down. .

2) A m a 1 APU shutdown murl be completed if a fuel spillage has occuncd during refuetldelcrel.

8-2,3 W W T - O N S r OF M $ . J . .'

The regdaims al mmy airports ;equire manning ol usable d0ors.i.e. nornlally two doors connected by step #adders or aerobridges; two cabin aHendants (ar olher

.- personnel when eaMn attendants are not available), mus! be on board to ensure Wpliance with NO SMOKING sign, ete.

8-2.4 AVOTI) MIXING PUEtS

. . All precautions slwld Lw lakctt by 1110 Elrgir~acrirlg Divisiorl to avoid r ~ ~ i x i r ~ g of I-uels

Page 86: B737 Operations Manualghy

i AIR INBIA CHA R TERS IJ~UIED

,.. :~;<i .,,. 1 CHAFER9 GROUND IUNDLING - PACE 9-1 j --. . . 4--.

3.0 - GROUNI) IIANDLING ARMNGEMENI' . a AN11 PJtOCEI)UlU?S

For detailed information, refer to 8737-800n Manual of Ground S ~ M W S Division,

9-1 STATUS OF GROUND OPERATIONAL FACI LITIF!, (NAV I APP / COM I ATS / M O E U V J i I N G AREAS) '

A flighl wilI not be c;ornrnenced unless the ground facyilies available and directly required 'Tor safe operation of the aircraft are adequate for the intended opcralion. 'Facililics available and dircdly rcquircd' Is inlclidcd lo bxcli~dc! omor0cnr.y tncilitir such as those for fire lighting and scarch and rescue

Latesl status of faulilies and services is disseminaled by means of Nolices lo Airnia~r by the,authoities concerned. Alternative procedure should be followed when facililixi are dedarcd unservbable. Spcda! precautions should bc takcn when faciblics arc promulgated on a (rial or lest basis.

Any inndcqc~acy of fncililies ohscrucd on grourrd -. l ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ c d i a t c l y ir~lorrt~ Fliylll Ucspatcl! Unit to make a noling and lo inform approprirrtc nulliorilics. Atto crcw stiould i r i l o ~ r ~ ~ ATC of.Ille inadcquacyldeficicncy.

Any inadequacy of 'lacililbs observed enroute :- lnrmediatcly inform Ihc co~~cerncd control!lng agency. j

h addilion, after landing a detailed report should be raised about the inadequacy . observed by Ihe flight crcw in tho form o l Pilot's Special Report(PSR). PSR Ccll will take follav up action fer rectification of ab~vernenlioned inadequacy.

9-2 . GROUND IIANDLING ACRl$EhIISNTS FOR AlCl, PIaIGl I'SS A'l QNLI NESTATIONS

a) Air-India charters tia~iled enlers inio llatldlir~g c ~ n i r a c l willr Aitlincs1lisnd)inr~ agepts Lo taka care o l ground Ilandling services lo our Cligllts at Indian and loreigr! st alions.

b) All airlines and handling agents wit11 wlbon~ Air-India enters ir~lo gro~~r ld Ilarldc~n:~ conlracl shaB b i covored under llle Ground Iia~\dling agree~lrenl.

C) 'I I IC I)IOCB~UIL' is ~~III~CBIIIC 10 h~nalinq r.o~-.tr;lcls nnd agrcnr~t?~~lr. rlivir:io:~ nt ( X I and irllcrlaces wilt, the standing c~nrrr~iltcc ~ncrnbers reurcserrtinq va~im 1.;

(Jq 1.111111u11Is

Page 87: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CfIAK 3EKS LIhlI 7'I:-L) . . ; :,:': . .. .... . . . OPERATIONS MANUAL PART I :.::.: ....... )(IU~CBR~ . GROUNDIUNDWNG . .. ! FACE 9-27

. 9.2 GROUND HANOUNG AGREEMENTS FOR Al FLIGHTS AT ONUNESTATIOHS . . - . : .

OSBANDSCOPE 9 4 . 1

a] - Alr-India &arb= Urniled enters krlo handling antrad with A i r l i m i n g agents to take ::.I:: j . .I.

o f ground handEng &=a to ow flights at Indian and idreign d a b . .- !.>.>.{ ... -... .

! b; A4 airlines and handling agcnls will1 wrho~n Air-India ellie; j: irito grwnd Imr~dlirg u>~llr,lct :;:I L~ !:

be -ed under Ilte Grollrd llardlir~g agracr~~erll.

C) T h poaxkue k a m to handng contra* and agrdilrrnlr division d GSD mnl wilh h m m I t t e e mwnbers representrng various Deparlments.

Page 88: B737 Operations Manualghy

: AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED

10-1 PILOT-INXOMMAND OBSERVING AN ACCiDENT I

0 PROCEDURE FOR, PILOT-INCOMMAND AT THE SCENE OF AN '

ACCIDENT ' . . (Refer lCAO Arinex 12, Chapter 5) - '

PilolinCornmand observing anolller aircraft or surface craft in distress shall, unless unable or in the circumslan~s of the case ansiders it unreasonable or unnecessary:

Keep in sight the aircraft in dislress until such lime as presence is no loriger necessary.

If position is not known witjtcetaihty, take such action as will facilitate !he determination of il.

Report to the rescue co-ordination centre or air I r a k services unil as much . . .of (l~e followirlg ir~forn~ntion as pgssible: .. - - ~ ~ m b : & of bekons observed to be afloat:

&pal-enl pliysical condition cl sunrivut s.

+ Act as instructed by thc rcscuc coordirlatiori cenbe or t l ~ air traffic senices ur;il. lltllc first aircrafi to ruacl~ tllc sccrre of arb accidenl is r~ot a search and rescue aircraft it shall take charge of on scene activities of all other airaaft subsequently arrivirig until the iirsl search and rescue aircraft reaches ihe scene of the accident.. If, in Ihe msanfinre such aircraft is unable lo establish communication with Ihe appropria!~ rescue coordination centre or air traffic scrviccs unit, i l sllall by mtriual, agreement, hand over to an aimaft capable of establisl~ing and maintaining such cornrnunicalions unlil .

ttre arrival of the first search and rcscuc aircraft.

When il is necessary for an airkafi to direct.a surface cran lo ttic placc where an aircraft or surface crall is in distress, (he aircraft shall do so by transmitting precise instruclion by any lrleans at its disposal. I f no radio communication 'can be established the aircrafl shalt use Ihe appropriate

,, . I .- 0 . , .

signal in.

When it is necessary tor an aircraft t~ convey iniormalio~~ to survivors or surface rescue units, and two-way communication is not available, it 'sliall, if i~raclicablk, drop corn[l~unica[ion equiprncnt !ha\ wot~ld cnal,lc dIrcd contact lo be established, or cc-wey the Infarmalion by dropping the message. When a ground signal bas becr~ displayed,. l l le aircraft shall indicate wtrell~er the signal has ijeen i~c~deis!ood or not or, if !his is no1 -liracticabIe, by use of the appropriale signals in.

Page 89: B737 Operations Manualghy

A . . . ., . , OPERATIONS MANUAL I CHAPTER 11 CREW CQMPOSJTIONI PILOT SUCCESSION ____I_- PAGE 11-1

r

1 M I N ~ ~ U M CRNV REQUIREMENT : - . . '

. 'MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW . - The :rimlinimuin, flight crew required to operate will depend upon (he' aircraft type and the nature of operations. On the present k t this shall c ornprlse :

a) PILOTS Pilot 4Mumrnan'd 1 . - M i l o t 1

b) MIMIMUM CABIN CReW REQUIREMENT1 The mlnlmum cabin aew required on board 'an air& shall be strictly in aocordance wiUi rule 388 Indian Aircraft 16: i7, for entire fleet.

- .

Capacity 15411 70

150- 199

CABIN CREW FOR FERRY FUGHTS No cabin crew shall be carried on a 'Dama- ed f c ~ q flight*. :

For normal ferry flights if no passengers a e carried, cabin crew is not required to be . .3 * -p on hard. If any passengers are carded, tt. 3 rniri-7!l- r* q!ri*r+4 c: ' '- "*"' " " '

board.

4 FLIGHT NAVIGATOR (N/A ) Every plblic [ransport aircraft engaged r n a flight without landing over a great circle distance of more than , six hundred. ; W s and not equipped with navigauonal equipment capable of providing inslant : (nd continuous ground position of the aircraft and adequate stanct-by' arrangement$, shall carry on bard a Flight Navigator licensed in accordance with the Sch&ule Ill if the tbtal'distance between any two consecutive radio navigational fujng ails located withln thirty NMs of the mute of the proposed flight and capable of being,:~sed by the aircraft ismmore than six hundred NMs.(Rrrle 38 A, Aircraft Rule 1937).

11-2 PILOT-IN-COMMAND

The Commander designated for the . , flight will Mhd3lot-in-Command of the aircraft.

11 -2.1 SUCCESSION OF COMMAND

During flight in the event of any unl.>ward incident happening to the Captain (Pilotin- Command) the following is the ordt!.of succession in co'mmand of the aircrall.

a) 'ACM Examiner 1 lnstrudor I Check Pilot rated on aircraft, if available.

b) 'ACM line Captain raled on arcraft, if available. c) First officer.

Page 90: B737 Operations Manualghy

11-22 '

:>:tJ ' '.. , . .. T w Comrmnleatlon Rule (Igcapacitation) :::> .>:<: , .- When i q h t a9w meml er doas not respond normally or appmpblely to h ~ v e r b a l

w t i q n q h e a p a c ~ l a t l o n . ~ be s m e d . Ineapadbtkn ,aholdd also be suspeded W a, m mlm.W does not 'respond to any .wW ~omnication -led a @dfh nt deviation from the intended flfght path,

AIRmpXA C H A R T E R S r n D . 0-TIONSMANUAL . ., . . -...

c :?

. . Adion lo b'f a h In Cas.3 Oi Pht Incapacitation . . .-. ..- ,... - .. . .. . ,- , -. . , - - 5 . . -. . . - . . m u r e a Safe corrdltron of fliqht . ,

,- . . -.. ,. . .... ....

~ a k e #wrbd of the aircraft, tld the auto-pilot. <, ,, .... . . .. , ~ h e k k of a tl essential controls and switches.

Restrain tfie uew ;- lember in the seat and slide the seat afl Mareanmergeiey,~ainingthesituation.

i Have the W e d c rew member removed from the seai, if possi bte.

... - 4 . .,. . .... ?.-:! I PAGE11 r 2 C w c O M ~ O S ~ O W PILOT SUCCESSl0.N CHAPTER 11

Take Care' d Th? ' ': ca~acltated Crew Member 9

, * !% nnrc.:!t-p 1:: hi ~ d . This responsibility rho'uld be assigned to the cabin crew- ' & . prolonged aid should be admMered oulside the ,cockplL Seek Lhe 8s . islance of any dodw on board. "I

. Requesidleal ass:stance to be prodded on ianding. - . 1

. ---A

I Perldrm approach arlo fqal checks eariier-lhari normal. . I . . - . ~th~AL#afffromyo.xnwmalposit)on:donotchangesaals.

.. , < -.-, ...- R$queat &tance' f r ~ m ATC if n m r y add makg an autopilot coupled

.. .... , .... .appmaeh II pdsslble. ,.,. ., ::cJ a, ... .... .. I , , I

- Fly a completely auto+!lot assisted approach. and dkngage ihe aulopllol .j :I ;. .' . . , when the airlield Is In :.'ght and landing is assured in terms of a stabilized ---.I ' pf~flle. :'.I ., - .

- 1 '\

.Nde:i) 'ACM ~ t s l OPC&~, if availrble shall assist the 'First O M . . Ii) If,Saf&y Pildts miCb!e, heshall take overthe Cgmmand. .I I

I . . . 1 .

I

! If more than, one such crew Is avajlable the seihlor most.rhall kke'over.

I 4 .Plan procedure for after landing

M e r the AlrcraR Is slappd on the, runway and4mkes are-set , change seat to tad, il necessary. Get Inqadtated crew member off loaded to the ambulance as qui,ckly as possible. Thls could be at the gate I bay.

~ o t e :- Incapawlion ~hcck~ is t 1: -ovidod on board the aircran

114 OPERATION ON MORE THAN 01; W P L'I HlAl !

- AiCL oprates d y 0737-800 type . ' .;ircraR .

Page 91: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR INDM C ~ ~ S LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER 11 C R W COMPOSITIOHI PILOT SUCCESSION . PAGE 11-3 . 1

QUAUFlCATlON REQUIREMENTS ( QRS) 'Details of QRs for different personnel are provided as follows:-

FUGHT C R W Oetaik are provided in Training Manual Volume 1

CA8IH CREW , . & - *

Detaib aie provided in Cabin Crew Training ~anua l , ~raining Manual Volume IV. ' -

Train'i checking and supervision are undertaken 3s fo(lows:-.

For Fllqht Crew:- Flight Training Deparl-ment, hQaded by {he Chief Pilot-Training 8 Dwelopment. . . .

For Cabin Crew:- (i) Service and Quality Training- Manager 1-7-night Training (@ Safety Training - Manager Safety Training. I

CREW HEALTH REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS

€sse~klly: .all therapeulically effective.. drugs can pq,duce undksirable, loxic and potenlidly dangerous side effects incompatible with flight duties. Therefore, as a general policy airuew should avoid the use of any mediklion while on flight duty. Many privaie doctors are' not trained in aviation mdicine. Crews are advised to

consuh the Company.Medical Officer before using such drugs.

VISUAL CORRECTION While on duty, flight crew members requiring risual correction shall wear prescribed glasses as required by the OGCA approved Medical Board. An extra pair of glasses shall dso be carried al all times while on flight duty.

-

MALARIA Crew members rostered to fly into malaria prone areas are ?dvised to take anti _ _ . - -- - .. malaria pills as a preventive measure.

11.5.4 ETHYL ALCOHOL (ETHANOL) Studies have shown degradation in piloling skills up to 48 to 72 hours aller eltlyl I alcohol (ethanol) .consumption. Ttle Company recommends that ' all aircrew discontinue use of ehanol for a 24 hours period prior to duty.

11.5.5 ANTiHISTAMI N ES

- .. .. . . .> - - ..- ,.... . . .

There are several prescriplions and over Ihe counter preparations o l aniihistamincs. These drugs may be included eilher in conlhination with other drugs or alone. Some

.. . ->.,.-T. : -, .... *. . combination drugs niay include relercnce on Ihe pac~age to [lie generiz chemical .'. ., 7

Page 92: B737 Operations Manualghy

. AIR~J13I.A ~ ~ S ~ ~ D . , O P ~ T I O N S M A N U A L -

. . - ,. , . . , a u... m. .... - . .... . -. , I P A O E I I - 4 .. c.- COMPOS~ON~ PILOT SUCCESSION . CHAPTER 11 . I . ..._

' " .. name of an @istarnine but not identify it specifically as an -entihistamine . I

- *tion. Mad anti allergy drugs, m!d .and some cough medieation contain . , anWbmlnes. - ?hest drugs ean impair thinking, cause dIzu'm, drowsiness and

lnlpalred vision,

I ..., 11a.6 - 6 . . -, .. -. . -.-.:I .-:-:,

Bdadonna, awne; banthlne etc and many similar drugs prescribed alone or in - -, . .? -Uon with olher drugs for slomach, bowel or digestive dsmlers may dilate the

, pupis and te,m@mdly prevent adaptation from distance to near vision. They can mental &n, under scfess situations. Some antidiarheal over -1he -

countw rnediqatkns contain drugs.

. . 11.6.7 . sEDATIv€s, SLEEPING PILLS, TRANQUILIZERS . -. .... <. ,, - .. ....

.': .: . -;-I : ..-I . . These drugs .belong to various dtug classifications. Some s w n g pill medications . . ., . have a long, drlralion of action with .a cumulative effect if repeatedly used. Use of . . . . .-. ...., . ,< .. .: :; : these shouM only be under medical subrvision. -- .. -...

SOCIAL DRUG USE. Use of any of the -so called sdcial drugs, such as matijuana (in any form), .haNudnogenic @gs (LSD etc.) s!imularats and non-therapeutic narcotics is strictly prohbkd. Some dugs such as marijuana a n be detected in W wine as long as 30 days after a single msual expsure. Any crew member who uses these drugs places ' his I her flylng Is serious jeopardy. A pht shall not exenise the privilege of the licence during a coursk of treatment with the fdowlng dnrgs: . . ' . . . I' . -

j . .

AnWJslamIne preparations, sedilives, tranquilizers, anliblotics and other similar drugs until at 1- 48 hours have elapsed from the end of the tr.$atment. All these drugs may have skk effects ed- ,impaired judgment. .mental confusion bturred vislon, dininess or even fainting, Wich may Iast for 48 hours after ceasing lo take the drug. At least'4 weeks would have to, elapse from the end of the treatment in case of Iranquillizerslmood elevators. .

. . . . NICOTINE -- Nicr:dne i s a physically and psycholo~ically addictive drug, which is ihc active component in tobacco producls. Withdraws! sympt-oms, sometimes of serious propoFtibns can occur after abrupt cessation o l lobacco products use. The Company recommends against !he use of tobacco-producls. Smoking is prohibited in the aircraft at any time. Non-smoking crew membc~g ~hQuU&wever, undqs!and that abrupt cessation of smoking by a moderate or hcavy smoker may create undesirable and potentially unsale withdrawal symptoms.

FOOD CONSUMPTION BY PILOTS A poor diet can cause digestive koubles, 'wliich can affect professidnal abililies,; in the long run it can damage a person's health and may also shorten the flying career.-

Page 93: B737 Operations Manualghy

i AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPErCATIONS MANUAL :.j - ., . . . ..- . > .::j . .

. . I CHAPTER 11 CREW CQ,MPOSIT!OW PILOT SUCCESSION PAGE 11-5 1

i - - - 11.5.11 D I n AS RELATED TO FLIGHT General Rules :

i All foods hich can easily be contahinaled such as mayonnaise, oysters, a) salads andshrimps sh,ould'be.avoided. -; b) R7ots at the controls should have meals of different types and eat them at

separate intervals. It is recommended that 30 minutes elapse behueen the meal times of h e two Operating crew members

PRE'- FLIGHT Crew membqs shiuld not operate on an emp$ stomach. A meal should be taken one or two hour's berore take off; preferably a tight meal -sting of carbohydrate and protein, but low in fat. Gas forming foods, condiments, gravy, fried dishes, cream, shelltkh, fatty ch&e and any foods not easy to digest should be avoided prior to flight. - . '

-. . - ,. , ... .'. .. 4 .... . .... --., ... . . 11.5.13 DURING FLIGHT

Crew members should drink plenty of fluids, preferably water which is as neutral as ! possible and fruit juices, but carbonated drinks should be avoided. Consumption of

coffee and tea should be kept to a minimum. Crew should eat sparingly and avoid fermentable foods. Meals are not advisable on

board short and middle distance flights B should be taken before the flighl..On long distance flights, when passenger meals are served, they should be eaten sparir~gly, avoiding the dishes mentioned previously Light meals or snacks should also be available on board. At transit stops, snacks and fruit are adequate. Crew should take at least one hot meal afier every eight hours of flight. ,

11.5.14 POST FLIGHT Crews are advised l o take one substantial meal, which includes adequate amounts of protein afler the Wgh!.

EVERYDAY DIET In tropiwt countries food should be less rich in calories than in cold or temperate zones. However, i t is necessary to drink plenty ell water ,( three to four lilcrs a day) in order to maintain a good fluid I eleclrolyte balance and sufficient diuresis. To avoid sodium chloride deficiency, 3-4 grams of colleiion salt should be taken per day; in cases where there is profuse swealing ,,, .an .adddlional 1 0 grams .wauld be required unless a salt restrictjon has been imposed. - I

Diet should not be too rich in calories in order to avoid obesily. An average male would require about 3000 caloriesf day & an average- female would require about 2200 calories/ day. The proportion between the main components of the meals should be well balanced, though some individual varialions are allowed. The approximate percentage composition of Proleins, Carbohydraies and Fals in Ihe diel are as follows:

Page 94: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR, IlV2IL.A CHARTERS LMlTED . . . _ .I . .. . .. :. :,.fx: OPERATIONS - M A ~ U A L - -- --- x.- : ~ P A G E ~ ~ -I CRW COMPOSITIONI PILOT SUCCESS [ON CHAPTER 11 1 .. .-

a) Protein - about 1 5 %. . .

b) Carbohydrate - about 5560%. c) Fak-about2&30% (preferably ofvegetable origin).':'.

DEEP SEA DJVINGIBLOOD DONATION

A a e w member shall not perform duties on an aeroplane. a) For at 'least 48 hrs and preferably 72 hrs following blood donation. b) If'any doubt edsts of abilily to accompfish assigned duUes. c) If knee or suspected to be.suffering from fatigue, or feels unfit to the extent

that-theflightmay beendangered.

PROHl81TlON ON CONSUMPTION. OF INTOXICATING AND PSYCHOACTIVE SUBSTANCES: RULE 24 AIRCRAR' RULES 1937 AMENDED JUNE 28,2001 1

1) No person acting as, or carried in aircrall for the purpose of acting as pilot, commander, navigator, engineer, cabin crew or other operating member of the crew thereof, sl~all have taken or used any alcoholic drink, sedative, narcotic or stimulant drug or preparation within twelve hours of the commencement of the flight or take or use any such preparatioc in the course of the flight, and no such person shall, while so acting or carried, be in a state of intoximtion or have detectable blood alcohol whatsoever in the breath,, urine or blood alcohol' . . -. analysis or in a state in which by reason bf having taken any alcoholic, sedative,,

I

. Y' . narcotic or stimulant drug or preparation, capacity so lo act is impaired, and no:'

other person while in a state of intoxication shall enter or be in aircraft. 2) No operator operating a domestic air [ransport service in India shall scwc any.

alcoholic drink on board such an air transport service, and no passenger [raveling on such a service shall consume any alcoholic drink while on board.

3) The holders of licenses shall not exercise the privileges of their licenses and . related ratings while uniler'the influence of any psychoactive substance( see note below) which might render (hem unable to safely-and properly exercise the privileges of the licenses and ratings.

4) The holders of licenses' shall not engage in problematic use'of substances.

Note: LIST OF PSYCHOACTIVE SUBSTANCES ( as per CAR section 4 series 'El

.. . -. . . Alcoliol, opiates, cannabinoids, sedatives 2nd hypnolics, cocaine, olher psycho stimulant, hailucinogcns and volalilc solvents arc cqnsidered to be psycl~otropic substances, whereas coffee ana lobacco are excl~rrlcd

Sludies'have sbown degradalian in piloting skills as lorlg as 48 to 72 hours after alcohol (Eti-~anol) consumplion. AICL Pilols are forbidden from consunling alcohol wilhin 18 hours prior to reporting lor Ilighl duly.

Page 95: B737 Operations Manualghy

... - ... . . . ... ,.,,

before operating the flight. The PIC I DGCA representative at discretion may order a brealhalyzer check Or any of.the crew prior to or on completion of a flight.

Any uew if afier reporting for duly, reports sick, when breathalyler checks are carried out, will also be subjected to the breathalyzer check. If any crew refuses to subject himself I herself .for this check the crew shall be treated as alcohol positive and his I her name shall be reported to DGCA and kept 'OFF' the roster as per DGCA guidelines.

~ o u t i n e pre - night medical examination of all flight crew for each 'flight dutym by the Company Doctor is mandatory. Proper records will be maintained by the Company Doctor.

, AIR INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED .

OPERATIONS MANUAL'

. . . .. -.. -1:: ,, . -... *...

8 '. . . . I..

11.5.19 POUCY FOR PRWPOST FLIGHT MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF CREW JBREATHALYSER TEST)

,. . 1 CHAPTER 14 CREW COMPOSITIOW PILOT SUCCESSION PAGE 1.1-7. . I *

1 f .S.18 PRE-FLIGHT MEDICAL

"Ru!e 24 of the Aircraft Rule, 1937, requires .!hat flight crew (Pilot, co - pilot I. Navigator I Flight Engineer) or =bin crew and other operating member of Vle crew

. . shall nbt have used any alcoholit drinks, sedative, narcotic or stimulant drugs within 12 burs of the ammencement of the flight or takp or-use any such preparations

These tests' will be conducted iith courtesy, in maximum possible privacy and' with =

appropriate dignity.

during the course of the flight. ' To monltor the above requlremwrt flight crew I cabin 'crew I supernumerary crew shall

be subject to a random pre - flight medical examination by the Company Doctor for detedable tram of.atcoho! In Mood, breath or urine

The crew traveling supernumerary for the purpose of positioning or return to base will not be subjected to this test:

'

The crew' arz advised not to smoke, eat anything or coi~sumel use any kind of medication, mouth-wash, spray, after shave lotion, cough syrup, mouth fresheners etc for at least 15 minutes prior to the Prel Post medical examination. However, it will be their responsibility to inforrn.the atterrtlrng' Medical dftider, if they have consumed any of lh; above items within 15 minutes prior to such Examinations. Pre-flight medical examination: The tests will be conducted on crew members at the time of their inilial reporting. In case confirmatory tests become necessary the crew m~rnbers will be subjected lo further lests in the presence of the Captainl suilable witness If confirmatory tests a r e required on the Captain the same will be done in tlie presence of a suilable wilness. Post-flight rnedical cxaminalion: This will be carried out ill privacy, in Ihc aircraft alter disembarkalion of all passengers1 Flighl Despatch, and within the stipulated duty hours. Informalion regarding the 8rzalh'~lcohol Tesl on the assigned night

Page 96: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 97: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 98: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 99: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 100: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 101: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 102: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 103: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 104: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 105: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 106: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 107: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 108: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 109: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 110: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 111: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 112: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 113: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 114: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 115: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 116: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 117: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 118: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 119: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 120: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 121: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 122: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 123: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 124: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 125: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 126: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 127: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 128: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 129: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 130: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 131: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 132: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 133: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 134: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 135: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 136: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 137: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 138: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 139: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 140: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 141: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 142: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 143: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 144: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 145: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 146: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 147: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 148: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 149: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 150: B737 Operations Manualghy

defect .ancl -the f e y fiighli are necessary only i ~ r operational.reasons the C h i d of ,Opers tions may all&,4the !*' flight an& taking into consideration all aspects.

i. R&rd.of all hd~ flights shall be haintamed by Maihlinanck.

i

The airmfl' nusl be cbrtikl by an ippwed inspedarl.AME before ih~alruaft is releasqd for a ferry Bight. Mnimum of Transit 'A'j C h N 'A' or any higher inspection due shaP be carried out Q.C. and OGCA may .stipda!e carrying . . , , out any spe&al inspection prior io auhdiisikj'~hd'fchy jlidht.

- ) PRECAUTIONS: . .. I ..., ,:. !.::I . The lirniitims recommended in the relwnt ME'UCM the aiicrafl manual etc. should rot . . . ,' : ,>,,- a . - . . .... ., ~wjlybe eceeded. Hownuer,each4csre of any lin35ti0n MEW CDL , - etc . . shall

! - 7 ::A'.j

be:jdge'c! on'b merii. ilk shall have tfk pCor ' &i.larrrme~:6f -the~#eghnal AiMrthiiess , . , :::::-.::.::1

. >:<> .....

..-:- --'I . . and shall be r a r d e d in .wriling b y a e Q a t y control iri,&a!.ge. 'The controls and switcheswhkhare not to be opekted shah be suitably placarded :rNopass.enngersl~rg~hal~mmed.. ,

:' m,inirrwm Iligbl . w w . M be .on boaid , . =,No..mmponenl~sfiaIl exceed1 s t i p u a He limits.

The Pilot-In-Command havimg regard to dl circumstances of tho case must be salisiied as- - . lo the fitness of h e aircrafi ior ike i-ntended leiry fight.

. . - . . ,

- e S~

- :A ferry g h l is d e w for Ihb p&pase-of.:~ ' . . . .

.Returning ai kikmft io Base; Deh-ering airgait from me location to-another, without Ihe caniage of any revenue passenger. .

For . h e .. purpose of Ihis pdicy a Ferry flight do& no1 include: a. ~'qlddk turnaround -iighl.

.. F6ghb - that ar= h i e d to bass due to ~echnical reasons a3 defined in sub ,[email protected])abb~& '

w Ooes hot r ; o n < i iriiieage flown. ? F*~thiijndia... . .

To ensure that the Ferry .crew selected are competent ard experienced enough .lo pedorm the terry Wer the designated route, the Chief ot Operalions will, amongst other factors, onsure the eligibibly requiremenls and nominate Ihe 'pilols.'

Procedure

1. When a (eny flighl has to be pdorrned,, Chjel of Operaljons after a-ssessing the economic- considerations and,the.availqb$ty'ol pilots al Lhe departure lomtion,shal! identify crew required

2. The folloysing wouM be assessed as to whclhr; The rolhe requires piior opeiational,experience. . ,

Acceptance or Trainiy crew are:akedy available to perform the ferry at or near the international localion.

Page 151: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

PAGE 17-28 S.0.F C H A F E R 17

The crewing requirement of the base in which the pilot is operating from is able to , ..

release himlher for the ferry. This should be at the minimum cost to the Company. There is a Technical I Operational requirement for the ferry to be performed by a n Instructor1 Examiner1 Management Pilot.

3. With approval of Chief of Operations the crew member(s) pre-trave! formalities will be initiated.

17.7.4 DEMONSTRATION FUGHTS

AlCL does not conduct demonstration flights. In case of exceptional requirement, Flight schedule and crew composition will be made in consultation with-D.G.C.A. and the manufacturer . , ' ,

17.8 INFLIGHT OBSERVATIONS

17.8.1 Meteorological Observation I

, . The procedures for making meteorological observations on board aircraft in flight and for recording and reporting them, contained in Annex 3 and AIP shall be fojlowed

17.8.2 Hazardous Flight conditions

Hazardous flight conditlons encountered, other than those associated with meteoro[ogical conditions, shall be reported to the appropriate aeronautical stations as soon as possible. The reports so rendered shall give such details as may be pertinent to the safety of other aircraft.

17.9 AIRCRAFT OPERATION -DURING MONSOON

The importance of certain procedures apd special precautions to be taken while operating- in Monsoon conditions have been emphasized by DGCA in their Operations Circular No. 09 of 201 0 dated 06.05.10. The foIlowings are the highlights for guidance and compliance.

17.9.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS:

a) Minimum total cockpit experience level of the PIC and the Co-Pilot should not be less than 500 hours on type.

b) No supervised take-offs and landings in actual adverse weatherlmonsoon conditions. c) Approach briefing prior to top of descent shall include wetlcontaminated Landing

Distance Required calculation. A quick analysis tabje for wetlcontaminated LDR shall be made available to crew before the on set of monsoon. (flight crew can refer PI-QRH to cross check landing distance requirement). . . .

d) Full IAL procedures should be carried out, as far as possible. ILS approaches are to be prefemed to Non-precision approaches. In case of Non-precision approaches, emphasis may be given on Constant Angle Non-precision Approach (CANPA), Refer Operations Circular 1 of 2005.

e) Greater emphasis on stabilized approaches (Refer Operations Circular No. 1 of 2003 on "AIAR India Training Tool Kit" and Circular No. 9 of 2009 - Standard Operating Procedures.

f) PAN OPS procedures for speed control in terminal areas must be followed. g) Flight Manual limitations and Company SOPS must be strictly adhered to.

Page 152: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER - 17 S.0.P PAGE 17-29

h) Go around procedures, wind shear procedures, stall and recovery must be reviewed as per Operations circular 2 of 2001.

i) Documentation about upset recovery technique for specific airplane must be reviewed. j) Full flap landing and adequate usage of Reverse thrust and consideration of extra en-

routelterminal fuel computation shall be adhered to. (Type specific manufacturers guidance accepted).

k) The crew should familiarize themselves with all the related training material I Company documents before the onset of monsoon.

; I) Only those Pilots, including expatriate crew, who have been cleared for monsoon operations, should be rostered for flying during the monsoon period.

rn) Additional fuel uplift should be considered, keeping in mind the 15% increase in landing distance for wet runway conditions and possible reduction in braking action.

17.9.2 ME1 REQUIREMENTS:

Following equipment must be serviceable during adverse weather I monsoon condition operations in Indian airspace.

a) For aircrafl requiring transponder and TCAS, both must be serviceable. b) GPWSl EGPWS must be serviceable. c) All deceleration devices including Thrust reversers must be serviceable. d) Anti-skid system must be senricea ble. e) Wind shield wipers on both sides must be serviceable. f) Anti-icing and de-icing must be serviceable. g) Atleast one Weather Radar system must be serviceabje. n) Grooves on tyres must be visible out of base stations.

Crew are advised to pay special attention to the following items.

i) Flap system must be serviceable. i i) Static discharge wicks must be operational. iii) External lights must be serviceable out of base station. iv) Pitotl static heating must be serviceable. v) Window heating must be serviceable.

17.9.2.1 The following items even though unserviceable, could be accepted "to return direct to base station for maintenance' (i.e. one landing only) subject to acceptable weather condition at departure and destination station.

a) Transponder1 TCAS (not in .RVSM airspace).

b) GPWSl EGPWS - subject to all other instrumentation to co-relate position being serviceable and flight crew to have-satisfactory terrain awareness

c) One Thrust reversers provided other decelerating devices are serviceable - subject to additional margin of minimum 1000 ft to field length requirements for Take-OR and Landings

- ' :.-.:..-:. .....- ; . ,.;.. ...... I.. -.-.-,I - - - - , . .--..\.,. ...... ,. . . ... . ....

. .. I - I .

Page 153: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I PAGE 17-30 S.0.P CHAITER 17

d) Anti-Skid system - subject to performance limitations.

e) Wind shield wipers- subject to the PIC side (LHS) being serviceable

f ) Anti-icing and de-icing - subject to performance limitations

Note:- Clubbing c) and d) is not permitted. So also, any system degradation casing impact on flight controlslthrust reverserstanti skid must be carefully weighed

17.9.2.2 The above waivers to the MEL restrictions will in any case never be applied if the MEU other regulatory requirements are not permitting the same for any other specific operations.

17.9.2.3 All flight crew are to familiarise themselves with precautions to be taken for Aquaplaning, turbulence and thunderstorms.

17.9.3 PRE FLIGHT

1. Check destination, enroute and alternate weather. 2. Observe wet runway limitations. 3. Strictly adhere to Company filed weather minima. . 4. Pre-flight inspection should be carried out. 5. At enroute stations, a member of the flight crew & maintenance 'engineer will decide

on the serviceability of the tyres.

17.9.4 IN-FLIGHT

1. Taxi at slow speed so that the aircraft is in control. . - 2. All take offs must be in accordance Lvith Standard Instrument Departures wherever

applicable. No intersection or tail wind takeoffs are permissible unless an adequate performance margin exists.

3. Bird activity increases duririg monsoon season. Therefore necessary precautions should be taken in this regard.

4. Avoid entering-into severe weather conditions. 5. Circumnavigate all radar returns.

- Storm cells shall be cleared by at least :- - 10 NM when OAT is warmer than freezing - 15 NM when OAT is cooler than freezing - 25 NM when at or above 25,000 ft.

6. Special precautions should be taken to ensure the safety of passengers and cabin crew in case of in-flight turbulence is expected.

7. Review of approach procedure be done before Topof descent and review must also include the specific actions and phraseology associated with normal go- aroundlwind shear go-aroundlapproach to stall and recovery.

8. Pilots should not hesitate to go around in case of unstabilised approach or hold for improvement in weather.

Page 154: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER - 17 S.0.P PAGE 17-31

9. Auto Brakes i f available are to be used for Ianding in the appropriate mode as under :- - Abnormal landings - when speed has inadvertently increased beyond the

approach speed limits. - When the landing runway is wet.

- - When runway length is less than 6000'.

Auto Brakes are an optional part of the Aircraft Braking System and can be carried fonvard under MEL.

Flight crew should pay special atlention to all EGPWS warnings and take action as per the Standard Operating Procedures.

17.A0 PROCEDURE FOR RElAYlNG WEATHER INFORMATION

Weather messages from Flight Despatch through SSB will relay METARs, serviceability status of ApproachlLanding Aids.

i1 Flight crews are advised to establish HF contact with Air-India, Mumbai on frequency 10072 soon after departure and maintain SELCAL watch to receive weather messages.

ii> VOLMET broadcasts from Mumbai, Delhi, Karachi and AT1S broadcasts from all enroute and terminal stations should also be monitored closely.

Page 155: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA C H A R T E ~ S LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL .

1 CHAFER-48 - .

USE OF NORMALCHECKUm PACE 18-1 I USE OF NORMAL CHECKLISTS

8.1 Normal & Non-Normal ~ rocedurk ~hecklk l is in the QRH-0737-800 Checklist adions are to b.e. performed in accordance with procedures laid down in Boeing OIjerabons Manual (Normal Procedures) and Ebelng QRH.

'

Pilots are Qulioned against mupliW of the ailical checklists wiUl airkft maneuvering and ATC communications. The before takeoff and landing c t w s t ' shwld be mpleted well in time. The checklists once started should not be . interrupted. In &se of inle'rmption i f the airplane configurnlion does no1 agree wit the needed mfguration:

Stop the checklist

Complete the related procedure steps

Conlinue lhe cllecklisl If if becomes apparcnl that an entire proccdurc was no! done:

Stop the checklist

Complete the entire procedure .

Do the checklist from Ihe start :

Try to do'checklists before or aflef tMgh work load periods. The crew may need to slop a checklist for a short time to do other tasks. If the interruption is sllort, wnlinue Ulc checklist wiih the next step. If a pilot is not sure where Ihe checklist was stopped, do the checklist from the slart. If the checklist is stopped for a long pcriod ol tirr~c, also do the cl~ecklisl Iron; Ihe slart.

Alter cdn~pletion of each checklisl, ille pilo! reading the checklist calls, m CHECKLIST COMPLETE'

Page 156: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-IIVDIA C . A RTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL ' : .1

, .-.. i.. .;z-. ... - . I.>> .:<; .. - I m ~ - f 9 Departure Contingency Procedures PAGE194 I

, ,

m

DEPARTURE CONTINGENCY AND PROCEDURES ,

I .19.1 SINGLE ENGINE PROCEDURES- TAKEOFF ,

+;j .:.:.. ,.:;I . ... . As-required by fCAO Annexure 61 DOC 81 68 to ensure safety of operations, ' One . . Engine In~p@ve TakeoW procedures have been established for all runways.

A summary eard of these procedur~ for all runways .is placed at beginning of Jeppesen Rode Guide. A? these prwures except Special Procedures are a d ~ i s o - ~ in nalure. Speaal procedures are mandatwy lo ensure adequaie obstacle clear=nce, unless due 10 some factors Captain uses his emergency autllority to disregard these in the interest of safety. These single engine profiles ate 'based on performance calculalions which assame engine out manehering al a maximum of 15 deg b a ~ k angle below 1500 ft above takeoff surface or achieving enroute configuration ( Clean), whichever is later. It is clarified that in case of an engine failure during takeoff SID compliance may not be achieved al performance limited"conditicns as.all SlDs are established will1 all engine operaling. .

19.2 STANDARD NOISE ABATEMENT PROCEDURES :

For the noise abatement takeoff lor the 737-800, the NORMAL takeoff profile satisfies the typical noisc abatemcr~l rcquircrnents and meets Ilm requiren~eril lor minimum noise tevel.

Page 157: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 158: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED , OPERATIONS MANUAL .

20.1 ALTITUDE ALER~ING SYSTEM PROCEDURES

same as section 17.3.4 ..

Page 159: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED . . , . . . OPEMTIONS MAhWAL

[CWER- 21 USE OFAUTO PlLOTANDAm IN IMCFLIGHT PACE21-1 I

lnstrychns for the use of Automatic flight syslems are coblained in the FCTM, Chapter 1 AFDS procedures. '

I I

Page 160: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CIjARTERS LIMITED ' OPERATIONS MANUAL - . .

1 C I W R - 22 ACCEPTANCE OFATC CLEAlUNCE .PAGE 22-1 I

22-1 Dctails of acceptance of ATC clearance is stipulated in ICAO annex 10.

INSTRUCTIONS ON THECIARIFICATION W D A4XEPTANCE OF ATC CLEU14NCES

General advke to Pilots: . .

1. If in doubt about an ATC instruelion, do not use read badt for confirmalion. 2. Positively confirm inslructions wilh ATC if any doubt exisls between flight crew

'rncmbcrs. 3. Always use headsets during times of high RT freqdenky barling. 4 . Do no'i dip transmissions. 5. - Confirm unexpeded inshctions any par M a r stage of f l i~ l t l . 1. Advisc ATC i f it is suspecled ifla[ ar~otlrer airuaft lras ~~~isinlerpretcd a18

instruclion. ATC may be unaware of this fad. 7. Exercise particular mution Men members of Ihe flight crew are involved in

other tasks, and may not be monitoring the RT frequency. .-

7. At critical stage for flight, actively monitor ATC instructions and compliance with them.

9. Use fun RT call sign at all times. '

10. Usc corrcct FIT Freqilcricy procedures and discifiline at all l i i~~cs.

Page 161: B737 Operations Manualghy

. -- AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LLMITED

OPERATIONS: MANUAL 1 CHAPTER- 23 T-FF AND APPROACIi BRIEFING PAGE23-1 I

/' , 23-1 TAKE OFF BRIEFING

A complete takeoff deparlu6 briefing shall be given by the PIC in accordance with Normal Prmdures as per B737 AFM Volume 1.

23-2 APPROACH BRIEFING

The PF will any out an approach briefing in amrdanoe with Normal Procedures as per 0737 AFM Volume IlATR SOP. Descent speeds stipulated in the appmpriate AOM . I Airtine Policy are to be adhered to, .unless ATCnraff~ considerations n-itate change of speed. ATC may waive off' speed rslrictions by using standard .terms such as 'No speed controt' or 'Climb unrestrided' The PIC has the discretion lo the descent led~nique in order to meet ihe

. Company's I ATC -requirements.' Fasien Seat Oclt'sign shall be swilched on wllen desccrrdirlg (hrouglb 10,000 It for 8737

Page 162: B737 Operations Manualghy

i

AIR-IrJPrA CHARTERS LIMITED . - i

,-: 1 OPERATIONS MANUAL M i A I T E l t - 24 R O I TTI?/DL'INATiON FAMILIARI W1'ION PAGE: 24.1 * - ............ . , .. ..--- .. .-... ...........-... - . -... . . . . . .-- --..--.

24-1 Dclails of ROUTE IDESTINATION FAMILIARIZATION including night operations is given in Air India Charters Ltd. TRAINING MANUAL, which is kept amended as per requirements. I

Page 163: B737 Operations Manualghy

I .

AIR-INDL4 CHARTERS LMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL . '

I CIIAITER - 25 STAQJUSED APPROACI 1 I'AGLI 25- i I

-25-1 STAB1 L I E D APPROACH A Stabi6zed Approach wns&s of apmpkhbg Ihe following n a 1000 CL AGL. on a Precision Approach, not below 500 It AGL; on a vlsual approadl. In cam d non+&ii#l /Circling' appmach the aircraR should be sbbitized on e+aWishirrg the 'Requird Vwal Segm'wf.

0 Aircrafl in landing mnliiuralion. O n (ILS glideslope, published m-predsion profile, or when a &epalh ( appro= 3 deg) has been established visually and m n d i h s have bcen met b a m descent Mow lhe OA w MDA Speed up to 10 knots of large1 s p e d VAPP ( exdudes additions for Wdshear).

. Rate of dexenl not In e m s s d 1000 fpm . ,

25-2, APPROACH BECOMING DESTABIUSED

In case appnach gets destabEM or cannd be stabilised, the PNF will call 'Approach'Not Stabilisd. I! ~clere is na r a t i o n h the PF, (he PNF will again cab 'Approach Not Sfabilised - Go Around.' Thc PIC shall i r~~r~~cdiably wrry oul a 'go around'.

* 3GG 3eg turns k l o w MSA are prohibited on ~ l k f i n a l a p p f m phase. Missed apprrraclr must bc executed i f approach is unstabilizcd during this phase.

2513 MANDATORY MISSED APPROACH

The pilol shall execute an im~nediate missed approach under Ihe following condilions:

I[ a Navigation rcccivcr or flighl instrument lailurc axurs which v i l cficcl UIC abil~ly lo salcly mnq~lets Ule approach in irlslrunicr~ts mdilions. When 011 at\ ILS approach alter FAF or a1 100 It. lo DA the glidcslopc an? h l i s c r show a devialidn of more b a n I dot When I i e instntmenls show significanl disagreement and visual m k c t has not been made lnslrument approach is not stabiliied by 1000 H. AGL. and Visual approach by 500 AGL. Bird menace w i U rot perniil a sale continued approach wilenever in Jwbl of making a safe landing. Tlie aircraft is dcslabilised duriuy wirldsl~eer and tar llle pilol is unable to maintain the aircraft will~in the prescribed lliq!it rirl! Whenever a GPWS 'pull up' warning is Itiggerr- : :icllh.i - , . r ;-

Whenever instructed to do sc by ATC.

25-4 MiSSEO APPROACH RE POT^^

r,ll rnissed approaches shall bz i ~ p d e d in the Voyage R . s p r t giving tlic reasons. lhercol. 140 ~iqrliry ivill tx! iniliated for missed approacllcs. FSR-I lo bc filed if misscrl approad) prmdrrrr: a carnzd oul hclow ON MOA.

Page 164: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL I CHAP TO^^-26 HIGH RATE OF D ~ C E K T . PAGE 26-1 1 26-1 Details of high rate of d a m t is given in Operations Manual Part I, Chapter 25..

Page 165: B737 Operations Manualghy

7 ln&cti& on the er&Uon -of lnsbuknl ~pprbacher are bid>- 8, h., - fotlowingdowmen&- - .

FCTM 737 (T M) Chapter 5-1 es amended from time to h.

Page 166: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LL'IfITED OPERATIONS MAN UAL

I CHAFER- 28 PRECISION AND N O N - P m I O N APPROACH PROCEDURES PAGE 28-1 I I

28-1 CONDUCT OF PRECISION AND NON-PRECISION APPROACHES 1

Details are contained in Ihe following aocumenls. . .

Normal procedures NP 20.47 of 737 Operations Manual volume - I, ~ i i g f ~ t patterns are presented pictorially h NP 30.2 Ukrougll NP 30.0.

Page 167: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-IM1LA CHARTERS LIMITED- OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER- 29 TASK SHARING DURING 1MC APPROACHJUNDINC PACE 29-1 I . .

29-1 FLIGHT CREW DUTIES AND~MAN~GEMENT OF CREW WORK LOAD DURING NIGHT A N 0 IMC INSTRUMENT APPROACH AND LANDING -

, .. Details of'alloation of dulies Bre contained in h e following documents:-

Crew duties and work load sharing are in the following documents.

Normal procedures - Landing procedure ( Precish approach) Landing procedure ( Non-precision approach) ' - ' Go-around procedure and landing roIl procedure.

Page 168: B737 Operations Manualghy

. -

- A I R - I N . CHARTERS LTMIT~D - .:

' O~ERATIONS MANUAL, -

CFIT-AVOIDANCE AND GPWS I'KOCBDUIS PACUJO-1

30-1.1 The installation of ihe Ground Proximity Warning Systen~ (GPWS) can reduce CFIT *

accidents and is one of the major tools in CFlT prevenlion. The GPWS warning is normally the flight aeMs last opportunity to avoid CFIT. Incidents I Accidents have occurred because flight c ~ w have failed to make timely and correct responses to

. GPWS warnings. The availabie time has increased between initial warning 'and aeroplane impact since the first version of the GPWS. However, Ihis lime shoold not be used to .analyze the situation. With the early versions, there was a little as 5 seconds warning, and not at all if the impact poinl was on a relatively steep dope of a mounlain. There may be as much as 30 seconds for riewer and future GPWS versions. In the absence of standard operating procedures or, aeroplane rnanufadurer'guidance, the following maneuver should b i executed in response lo

. a GPWS warning, except in clear dayligl~t . I VMC when the flight crew can immediately and unequivocally confirm . . that an impact with the ground, water or an obstacle will no1 take place:

React immediately fo a GPWS waming Positively apply maximum thrust and rotate to the appropria:e pilch altitude. Pull up wilh wings level to ensure maximum aeroplane If. terrain remains a threat, continue rotation upto the . . pitch . limil indicat~r (if available) or stick sliaker or inilia! buffet. Always respecl the stick shaker. Do not change gear or flap &nfiguralion until terrain ieparalipn is assured. Monitor radio altlude for sustained or increasing terrain separ8Jion. When clear of terrain, slowIy decrease the pitcl; atlitude and accelerate the escape maneuver should Ilc continued until climbing to sector emergency safe altitude or until visual verification can be made that the aeroplar~e will clear Ihe terrain or obstade, even i f the GPWS warning stops.

30-1.2 CONTROLLED FLIGHT INTO TERRAIN (CFITI

- CFlT continues as a real threat for accidents in route operations, and is mostly fatal. As the Co~npat~y network grows, operatio;ls'.to potenlially [insafe environmenls will also increase. These will be not only lo airfields surrounded by high terrain, but also to airlieids with no unsafe occurrence, and ll~e following procedures are to b e followed:

-, -.---.-- ,- , - . a) Preview Cockpi1 Briefing of specific high Grain relaling lb evgiy lakeoff, . descent, app:oacl~ and la~lding.

4 . - b) i)Avoid very shallow (1.0 lo 1.7 dcgrcc) dcscerrl profiles in visual and non precision approaclies ii) NDB approaclies a1 e ~):ollibiled at nigh!.

c) Instantaneous go-around aclion in response to [node 2 cr 2A tvlr.3rr1irig c;l tiic ' - GPWS MK V as ir~stallcd in co111,1nr1;8 airciall. II ( I I C Cliytil proT~Ie is cor~~pletely visuai and definitely 1\01 i r ~ any cor~flict wl~atsoever-,wiili terrain either d~rring dcsccnl, or dtaing 5111' ~,lmsa o l approacl~. Il~e warning may he lrcaled as precaulior~dry.

Page 169: B737 Operations Manualghy

. .

; . d) Immediate corrective ad& in response to FPWS alelt in Modes ! 20, 3 , 4 or 7. i e ) Report-in the Pilot sector Report all GPWS alerts inLany mode.

!hi:/

'strict, adherence to techniques outlined for Visual Approaches. .-2 . . I ... ..:, .>. ... I . .

- . .- ...., .*. , ..., 7.3 . >..A ..-,

AIR-INDU CHARTERS LIMITED .. . . .., OPEItATIONS MANUAL

tn-house CVR moniloring shall specifcaly report on activation q r absence of any . .

, GPWS warnings..

. .

30-1.3 STRAIGHT IN ILS APPROACHES IN IMC MAY BE ATTEMPTED ONLY FROM :

PAGE 30-2 CAT-AVOIDANCE AND GP WS PROCEDURES CHAPTER 30 1 --- -. 1

a) . kadar . vectors. . . or . ...,

. . ..-. , . .* b) OM€ arcs when published, or

.-... .. m ,..

<.:.!.: . . , . - - . . c ) DM€ descenl'@rofille not below m e published Minimum Sector Allilude (MSA).

- A risk reduction of CFlT is adiievddb by strict adl~crcnce lo Sbndard Operating Procedures. To eliminate any chances of a CFlT event, .Company policies and

- prmdures are given in various- pads of the Operalions Manual. Havever, ~ r t a i n important aspects are' reiterated below :

30-2.2 RADAR ENVIRONMENT

l It is the'responsibili& of the flightirew toensure that they have been positively identified by the radar controller and unless radar contact is confirmed, changes

. I in direction and height are not to be executed. If Ihe aircraft is assigned an ! altitude i.e. Lower than either MEA, MORA or MSA, the crew must confirm from

:?:.A the conlroller that the alliIudc,assigned is above the Minimum Vectoring Al!itudc :>;y4 ... :.-:I :--.-,:I

MVA. If not satisfied with any assigned altitude or heading the instruc:ions of . . ! .. . , :. . .

.radar conlrcller can be relt~sed and a set heading and alIitude requested. .,.- . .a. 1 .3. :. .-.A.m,

Coliision al~oidance with other aircrafl and terrain, remains the responsibility of the flight crew even under radar c~ntrol. It is good airmanship TO SEE and BE SEEN.

.: :,; 4 The rninirnu~n altilude a! wt~ich the fligt~i [nay be conducted safely along ?he

-. . . ~ d ..-, publisI;cd roules are i l ~ e MEA (Minirnt~~r~ Enroute Allitude). MORA (Minin~unr

;!$51 Off route Aliihde) MSA (Minimum Sale I Sector. AWu&) is a VFR altitude and . .

I

I only for emergency use. 1 W l ~ e n operating on an unpublished roulz the pilot must rnainlair~ at1 altitude

above the Grid MORA. This must also I;c kept in mirld when divcr(ing from llle a k a y I predetcrr~~incd rotlie, due weailler, . and especially wllcn flying over [ l lOl l~l ls ino~~s area. Pclsilior~ awarcnEss and C O ; ~ ~ C ( oridnfaI;~~: alp r ::a2rlisite to

. , -;:.:I - ,..<

safe fligl~t nllerations. d., -.:< id.-.< :.-:.j --- . -. --

0 I . 10.200.4

Page 170: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-XNDU CHARTERS LTMITED -

OPEUTIONS MANUAIL- . . - I CHAPTER 30 CFIT-AVOIDANCE AND GPWS PROCEDUW PAGE 30-3 1

During approach or when cleared for the approach, lhe-'crew mist maintain the last assigned altitude unless a different altitude is assigned by ATC ~r until the aircraft is eslablished on a segment of a published route, or instrument approach .procedure. Once the aircraft is so. esiablisbed, publisl~ed alliludes apply to each succeeding .rouie on approach segment. .

30-2.4 INSTRUMENT APPROACH TO LAND PROCEDURE Inshrnent Approach Procedures are designed to descend and align an aircraft safely for a runway upto a point from which a normal landing can be execuled. In IMC and marginal VMC i! is essential hat the crew execute the published instrumenl approach procedures and are aware aT their posilion during the approach. In case of a circle to land procedure, it is imperative that the aircraR is flown at or above the circlinj. MOA.

30-2.5 APPROACHES

All approaches, precision or ion-precision will be stabilized approaches. TI ie <onlpany policy on monitoring approaches, monitoring - - inslrurnents during ,approach are mandatory requircrnents. Standard callouts lor significar~l devialion from programmed speed and rate of descent mast be called out by tllc pilot r~ot Ilyir~g (PNF).

30-3.1 FACTORS CAUSING CFlT ACCIOENTS ARE :

tack of laleral situatiqnal awareness. Failure to rewgnise responsibilities. Deliberately violating procedures. Misinkrpretalion of approach procedures.

a Failure to adhere to landing ~ninimums. Lack of iligl~l deck rna~~agernenl.

a Oeficien t or nonexistent, slarldard operating procedures. Failure lo perform I~ropcr GPWS recovery procedure. Lack of cross checking, crew coordinalion, or cooperalion __ _ . .. -. - I - - With Ihe :r~creased awareness of above-menhned are35 of improvcrnenl in Itlc

Ilurllan factors, lliglll crew car1 significar!ily contribute lo the reductio~~ of C 1-11' accidenls. Pilols are .'~dvise~I (0 refc:, Advisory Circular No. 1 01 'I 999 issucd b y UGCA 0 1 1 Cl-l l wllicll d~scusses i ! i deIa11 all the aspecls of CFI1' and its preverllion.

Page 171: B737 Operations Manualghy

. ., . . , ..: >: <<;;: .:. , . . ,>.. ..I . - ,

OPERATI.O?IS MANUAL EGE 304 CFIT-AVOIDANCE AND GPWS PROCEDURES CBWYT,RJO I . ..-- . ! \

30-3.2 CFlT AND USE OF GPWS . . . etai its ol'cfl'T/ GPWS lrairiing are provided in Training Manual (Operations)

- Volume 1 chapter 5 Section 5.43 to 5.45. AcUons in case of GPWS evenUmgne,uvering a& provided in the following dm.menls:-

.;.:I - .. , . . .. .. ,- . . .I -.I.:

Page 172: B737 Operations Manualghy

I i AIR-1ntDLA CHARTERS LJMITED'

..:I

7 - OPERATIONS MANUAL-

CHAPTER 31 ACAS,KCAS PAGE 31-1

Avoidance of collision wilh ground is the responsibility of the Pitol. The provisior~s ill ICAO documents are explained below :

- 31-1.3 INTRODUCTION

I . Annex I 1 to the Chicago Convention slates that objectives of the Air Traffic Control Service are lo :

a) prevenl collisions between . aircrafl . ;

b) prevent collisions on Ihe manoeuvrtng areq belween aircraft and obslruclions;

c) expedite and maintain-an orderly flow 01 air traffic.

fhc s&c or;ncx also providcs thal Air ~ialfic Clearance shall he related solcly to Iulfling 1t1e ahvc objectives.

The avoidance by an aircrafl ol collisior~ will\ ground depends upon (Ile following faclors 1

a) , Position; b) tllc lrirc track actually fo!lowcd by l t le aeroplar~e and any subsequenl iritericled

alterations ; c) Lcvcl; I

d) krlowled3c al llle ground over w l~ i ch the lligl~l will proceed.

The Air Tl'affic Col~lrol Scrricc, when aulliorising r~lover~lenls by means o l an Air Tralfic Clearance, is always dependent upon llle receipt 01 informatiori a h u l onc or more of the abovc factors frorn [he aircraft con~erii~d'~-~2dilionally,' -some iriterval of lillic tIIiIy C I J I I S C 0~1wecn ilie delerriiir~ation of ltie inlornialiori by (he pilol and 11s recei!)! by Air Tr~ l l ic Control : even Ihcn i l niay nol be correct and l l ie degree 01 ;Iccur.?cy is norrii;lfly r;nly kriowr~ lo Ihc pilol. I1 is, i r i coriscullzr;cc, or~i[~llasiscrl l i b . 1 1

Hlr: ~~ i l a r i~~ .? l i o r~ ~~o;',csscd Ijy 1111: Air 1'1 aflic Curl l~ cll Service c a ~ ~ r ~ o t be relied upor) as bciug ~crfllcicr~tly salislaclary lo (;zrrruL t l ~ e s ~ : t i ~ ~ c c !a (ake resp6ns;hiilly lor prevei~lltig aircrafl Ifom coll~s~on wit11 Ihc proand. rile Air Tralfic Coritral S5rvir.e tines ~ r n l 1111:;cii~rc. t ;kc tliis rcsl)or~sibil!ty w l ~ c l i r crl~airl j vii!l~ I t l c pilol of Il lc aircrall concertled.

Page 173: B737 Operations Manualghy

MR lNDLA CIYARTEIZS LIMITED OPEMTIONS MANUAL

I PAGE31-2 ACAS KCAS CHAPTER 31 1 ...-+ 1

3 1-2.2 CHECKING POSlTION W E N APPRQACIIING

.Pilots are further advised thal when approaching a datination aerodrome they should, wherever possible, .check theii p s i t i n by at {east two in&pendent means before desGnding below the enroute safety level under instrument meteorological conditions.

They are furllizr advised to check lheir subsequent flight path; lollowing,.upon any' position they may have determined, to ensure that they are maintaining heir intended sate lrack to Ule aerodrome or to the poinl of joining the approach patlerrl.

COIALISION AVOIDANCE W I i OTHER AIRCRAFT' IN CASE TCAS NOT AVAIIAl3IdE .

Pilots' Role h.Gollision Avoidance ( FAA Adviso~j Circular of 18.3.1983 )

PURPOSE

This advisory circular is issued for ihe purpose of alerting all Pilols t~ the polential hazards of mid-air mllision and near rnid-air collision, and to emphasise Ihose basic problem areas relaled to (he human causal factors where improvernenls in pilot educa!ion, operating pradices, proceduies, and improved' scanning techniques are needed to reduce mid-air mnflicls.

a) Frarn 1978 through Odobgr 1982 a tolal of 1 52 Mid Air mllisions (MAC) occurred in the United States resulting in 377 fata.lities. Throughout tlri-i approximate 5 - year ti!~~e period tllc ycarIy stalislics rcrnained fairly constanl. with a rccorded high ot 38 accidents in 1978 and a low of 25 in bolh 1980 and 1981 . During this same lime period there were 2,242 reporled near midair collisions (NMAC). Statistics indica!e lhal the majority o l these midair collisions and near midair collisions, occurred in good weather and during :he hours of dayligl~l.

b) The f:M has introduced several significant programs designed to reduce Ihe polen(ia1 for midair and near midair coltisicns. The advisory circular is bul on= of those programs and is directed lowards all pilots operating in rhe Nalional Airspace System, with emphasis on the need lor recognilian of Itie hi~trlan factors associaled with midair conflicls

The following areas warranl special altention an:: co:~tinuing actior, on (Ilc part of all pilois tc avoid h a rossibility ol becon~ir~g ii~volved i ! ~ a rllidair cor~llicl.

Page 174: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-RVDU CHARTERS LIMITED- OPEMTIONS MANUAL --

[ C l WlwliLt 31 - rhcr 31 3 A ~ / r C * S .

a) 'Scc and AvoId" Concept

i) The flight rules set forlh the'concepl o l 'See and Avoid". This concept requires that vigilance shalt =be maintained at all times, by each person operating an aircraft, regardless of wheber the operation is conducted under lnshment Flighl Rules (IFR) or ~isual Right Rules (VFR).

0) Pilots should also keep in mind their responsibility for coqtinuously maintaining a vigilant lookout regardless of the type or airuall k i n g ilown. Remember H u t most MAC accidents arid reported NMAC incidents occurred during VFR weather conditions and during the hours ol daylighi.

b) Visual Seannlnq

I ) Pilots should reniain constantly alert lo all traflic iovernent within their field or vision, as weI as periodi-lly scalrning the entire v~sua! field oulside of their aircraR to ensure deieiiori b;f confliding traffic. Remember that the prformance capabililies b i many aircrafl, in both speed and rates ol climb I descent, resuli in high dosure rates limiting iha'iime available for de!ection. decisinn and evasive action.

2) The probability of spoKing a potential mllision Ihreat incrcascs with the time spcril looking oulside, but certain techniques may be used to increase thc eflediveness of !hescan time. The human eyes tend lo focus somewhere, even in a ~~~~~~~~~~~~sky. In ordcr lo be most effective. (he $lot should shin glanccs and refocus at intervals, Most pilols do this in the pFocess of scanning the instrument panel, but il is also imponant to focus clutside to sel up the visual system lor effective targel aoquisitian.

3) Pil.ots should also realize Ittat their eyes may require several seconds to focus when switching views between items in [he cockpil and distant objects. Proper scanning requires [lie constanl sharing al atlention wilt1 other piloting tasks, thus it is easily degraded by such psychophysiological condilions such as fatigue, . boredonr, iltncss, nnxicly, or prcoccupalion. . .. ...

I ) Effeclivc scanning is accomplished wilh a series of she?, .~~~gularly-spaced eye movemenb that bring successive areas of the sky inlo the central visual field. Each movement should no1 exceed 10 degrees, and each'area should bc observed lor al least 1 second lo enable deteclion. Almough horizontal back- and-forlh eye rnoven~erlts seem prelerred by most ~ilots, each pilot should develop a scanning palierrl t!~at is r~losl con~lod&le and then adt~erc! lo i i lo

. - _. _ . -I --- assure oplin~unr scanning

li) lyc~' i~~l~c:aI visior~ cari bc 111os1 userul in spolling collision Ihrcals h n l olhr:r aircraft.. Each tinl~. a zcan is slopped and ine eyes are refocused. llie peripheral vision lakes on more inlpcrlance because it is Ihrough this elenlcnl I t ~ a l lliovernenl is delecled. Apparenl n~ovenienl is alnlost always Ill@-firsl percepliorl of a collision l l~ rca l arid probably tljc n~osl important, because il is Ihe discovery o l a tlrreal Ihn( t:iygcrs I l ~ c cvenls Icadit~g lo pr-oper cvasive aclior~. II is esserllial lo rerncr~~ber, I!owev~r, (ha1 i l anoll~cr aircraft appears- to have no relalivc

- motion, it is likely lo be on a collisior~ course will1 you. If the other airual l shows [lo Ialerd gr verlical motion, but is ii~creasing in size, lake irtuuediale eilasilie acl~orl

Page 175: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR W D I A . C ~ ~ T E R S LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I PAGE314 ACAS rCCAS - CHAPTER31 I .--_, . . . . 1

6) Usual seerch at night depends almost en!ire!y 0-n peripheral vision. In order l o . perceive. a .very dimlighted object in a certaln direction, Ihe pilot should'not look

. . direcuy .at the object, but scan Ihe area 'adjaclnt to it. short stops, of a few second-s, In each scan will help lo deted the ligh! and its,movemen(.

I

7 Lack of brightness and color contrast In daytime artd conff iding ground lights at

. a .

night Increase (he difficulty of detecting other aircraft.

8) Pilots arb reminded of the requirement to movd'one's head in order lo search around the physical obstructions, such as door and window posts. The door-post can cover -a mnsiderable amount of sky, but a small head movement may unmrlbr an area which.mIght k ccncealing a fireat. .

c) Cfearinq Procedures I

(1) Pilots should :

i) ~ g o r lq laing into a rynway or landing area lor lake-off. scan the approach orcas for. ppssilric ilandirlg IrqIlic by r~~anoeuvrir~g llte aircraft to provide a clear 'view of$u$l areas. II is important (hat this is ammplished even though a taxi or take-off cJearanm has been received.

ii) During climbs and descents in flight conditions which permil visual detection of other traffic, exeade gentle banks-left and right at a frequency which permits continuous visual scanning 91 the airspace aboul them. .:.%

3 . .J

iii) Execute appropriate clearing proocedures bebre ali turns. abnormal manoeuvres. or acrobaom. . . '

d) Airspace, Fliql~t Rulcs, and Operational Errvirorirt~cr.t

1) Pilots should be aware of the type of airspace in which they inlend to operate in order to'comply wilh the flight rules appjicabfe 40 that airspace. Aeronaulical inforrnatibn konarning. llle National Airspace Syslcni is disser~linaled Ly tllrec methods . : aeronautikl charts ( primary ); IIle Airman's Inforn1a:ion Manual (AIM) and the Ndice to Airnien (NOTAM) syslem. .Ths general operating and flighl ru1e.s. governing the operations . . of aircraft within the United Slates are conlained in pad 91 of Ille FAR.

2) Pilots should : . .

ii) Nolc and undersland the aeronadlical legend and char1 syn~bols rclaled lo airspace informalion depicled on aeronaulical charts.

iii) 0f:velop a working knowledge of Ill,? va,- io~~s airspace segments, including l l ~ vertical and horizonla! boundaries.

Page 176: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDLA CIURTERS LIMITED -

Devebp a working knowledge of the specik flight rules ( FAR 91 ) governing operalion of aircraft dthk the, various airspa* segments.

US@ (he AIM. The Basic Flight Information and ATC procedures dascribe l lc ailspace segments and the hasic pilot responsibilities ,-for operaling in such airspam.

dontad i t i near=:[ F M ~ l i ~ h l Senice Station (or any peltinenl NOTAMS pertaining to their area of operation.

Pilots should also he familiar wih, and, exerase cablion'; In lhose operational environmenls where they :may expect to find a high'bluinn of trafic or special types d a aircraft operation. These areas include ~ e r d h a l Radar Service ,Areas (TRSA'S),alrporf tramc paw-ems, particularly af' airpohs without a control lower; airporttramd areas (below 3,000 feel above the surface diltrin rive slatuk milcs ol an a i w G t h an owrating control lower);terminal control arcas; control zones, incl~rding any extensions; Federal airways; vicinity of VOR's; ccslrictcd arcas; wamiq areas: alert arcas: Military OpcraIing Arcas (M0A);intcnsivz sludcnl jcl Irairring areas; military low-level I~igli-speed training routes; instrument approach areas; and areas of high density jel arrival I deparlure roulings, especially in Ihe vicinity of major lerminals and military bases. :-

Use of Communications Eciuipment and Air Traffic ~dvisory Scrvices :

One of Ule major factors contributing lo the likelihood of NMAC incidents in lerrninal areas that have a-n operaling air trafiic conlrol (ATC) system has. been Ihe rnix of known arriving a r ~ d depatling aircraft wilh u n k ~ o h traffic. The known aircrafi arc generally in radio conlad wilh Ihe conlrolIing facilitll ( local, approach, or deparlure control) and the other aircraft are neither in Iwo-way radio conlacl nor ideglilied by ATC al4he time of the NMAC. This precludes ATC lrorn issuing traffic advisory information lo either aircraft.

Although pilots should adhere to Ihe necessary communicalions requirements ,when operating VFR, Ihey are aIso urged to take acivantage ol Ihe air traffic adlirisory services available !o VFR aircrall.

Pilols should : -, . _ _ _ ._..-- . *

Use t!lc AIM,

a) The basic AIM conlains a section dealing with se:vices available lo pilols. . ir~cluding information on VFR advisory senkesr, radar traffic informzlian services

lor VFR pilots, and rccommcnded Iralfic advisory piaclices at non tower airpor:~.

Irl The airpoll I faciiity direclo~y conlains a lisl ol all ~najor'airporb sl~owing tie services available to pilots and tl lc applicable c?r~in~uriicalion frequencies,

ii) Develop a working k!lowledge of t f ~ o s e laciljlies pro:!~dirlg traffic advisory services and Llie area in which Ihey give Ihese serviccs '

Page 177: B737 Operations Manualghy

iii)

ii)

iii)

AIR INDM C ~ T E R S L I M I T E ~ CIPEMTIONS MANUAL '

ACAsrCCAS , I , -

CHAPTER 31

Initia!e radio contad with the appropria!e terminal radar or non radar'facility when operating withln the perimeters of th&.advertised service areas or dthin 15 miles of the facility when no service area is specified.

, . when K ' i i ria( practical to inil:ale kdip conlad for traffic information, at least.

monitor the' appropiate ladlily comrnunihlion frequency, particularly when opemlkg . . . In or through arrival I depadure roules and instrurnenl approach areas.

, . . ~ernernbbr that controller observation of aircraft in the lerminal area is often

. limited by distance, depth perceplion, aircraft wnspicuily, and other normal visual amity-problems. Umltations of radar ( when available), lraffic volume, mntroiler workload; unknown traffic, etc., may prevent Ihe contro!ler (rom providing timely traffic advisory Information. TraKic advisories are secondary to the controllers' primary &ties (which are separaiing aircraft under their; control and issuing safety advisoiies &WJI aware af safety conflicts). Therfore, Ihe pilot is responsible for seeing, and, avolding other ta fc . Trafic advisories should be requested and used when available lo assist the pilot to see and avoid other traffic by assisting, bul,~t:s,ubstilution h any way; fhe pilot's own visual scanning. It is importanl'to remerrlkr.\hat advisories which air tramc control may -provide are no1 intended to lessen: in: any manner the pilolts obligation to properly scan lo see and avoid tralfic.

Airport Trafflc Patterns , ,

A significant nhber of midair collisions,as wel! as near midair collisions, have occurred within the traffic pattern environment.

Pilots should :

When operating at l o w e r a ~ t r o l l ~ airports, mainlain two-way radio conlacl will1 llle tower wMe within. the airport traffic area. Make every eltort to see and properly avoid any aircraft poinled but by tile tower, or any other aircraft which may be in.the area and unknown to Ihe tower.

1 -

When entering a known lraiJic pattern al a non toher airpod, keep a sharp lookout for other aircraft in the paltern. Enter the paltem in level fligH and allow plcr'ily of spacing to avoid overtaking or cutlir~y any air-craR oul of the palterfl. Wllerl approadling an unlan~iliar airporl, fly ovcr or circle ltle airport al leas1 500 feel above trafic patkrir allitirde (usually at 2000 :?c t or more above the surface) I0 observe the airporl layout, any local traffic in Ihe area. and Ihe wind and traflic direclion indicators. Never descend inlo. lb ([altic nattern Iran1 direcily above (he airport. Be particularly alert before turriing to the bas€ leg, final approad1 course, and during the final approach to landing. At non lower airporls. avoid enlering tho lrallic pattern on [lie base leg 3r frcnl a siraigt\t-in approach lo the latrdinn lullway. P uon?pensate lor b!ind spots due lo aircrafl dcsigrr arid fligt~l atlitud-2 L:;. nlovin3 ,

yo1 lr hcad or n-anocuvring tl~c aircrall.

Page 178: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-DVVIA CHARTERS LZMITED - .

OPrnTIONS MANUAL - I CHAPTER31 ACASPCAS PACE 31-7 1 1 g. ~ l 'v inq in Formation I - b

i 1

1) Several midair collisions have occukd which involved aircraft on the salrlc

, . mission, with each pilot aware ~f h e ,othets presence. ':.

. 2) Pilots who are required, by the nature of. Iheir operations, to fly in pairs or in formalion are cautioned to : . . .

I) Remgnise the high statistical probability of !heir invofvement in midair collisions. ) - Make sure hat adequate prefligl~t.preparalions are made and the procedures to

be fobwed are understood by a11 pitots inlending to parlidpate in Ole mission. . ii) Always keep the. other aircraft in s i ~ h t despite possible distraction and .

preocxxlpation with other rnissian requirements. iv) Avoid alternpting formalion flight wilhout having obtained instmdion and altained

the skill necessary for conducting sucfi operations.

h. Fliqht Instructors, Pilot Examiners, and Pcrso~ls Actinq as Safety Pilots

1) Flight Ins~nrclors while traFning pilol applicants should-emphasize tlla irnporlancc to devote maximum allention lo collision avoidanw whiIe conducting gig111 operations.

2) Flight inslructors should set an example by carefully obsenring ali regulations and recognized safely practim; since sludenls consciously and unconsciously imitalc the flying habits of their Instmctors.

3) Flight instructors and persons acling as safe:y pilols should :

i) : Guard against preoccupation during flight instruction, to lhe exclusion of maintaining a constan( vigilance for other lralfic.

i i ) I3e particularly alert during the condl~zt of simdatcd instrument lligllt where Il~crc is a lendency lo ''look inside".

iii) Place special Iraining emphasis on those basic problem areas of conerr1 mentioned irl this advisory circular where in~provements ill pilo1 educalicn, apcrali~lg practiccs, procedures, ar~d . _ _ (ecl~~riques .- - - are needed.10 .reduce midair . . conflicts.

Iv) Notify Ihc control tower operatclr. at airports where a toher is manncd, regarding studen! first solo flights.

v) Explain the availabilily of and zncouraie tlre use of expanded radar setvices lor arriving a[~d depa~ling aircraft a l terrnina1 airports where Ihis szrvice is availallle, as well as, Ihe use of radar traffic advisory setvices for tra:lsiting lermirral areas or - [lying belween en -route points.

vi j ' Understand and explain the lirnilalions of radar h a t ma;{ frtquenlly liniil 0: prevenl (he issuance ol radar advisorizs ti;] arr Iraff~c conr:ol!ers ( R e f ~ r lo AIM)

Page 179: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL , - :. ,-.-., , -. -. .... 1 P,AGE~¶-8 ' ACAS KCAS ' , CHAPTER31 - 1 .. - ..

-- ) 7 -1

A) Pilot examiners should :

. During any flight test, direct attention to the 'applicant's vigilance ot olher air traffic

I

and an adequate clearance of the area before pdorrning any flight manoeuvre.

ii) Oired attention to the applicant's knowledge cl lhe airspace, available FAA air - 1raHic , services and facilities, essential rules, good operating practices, pracedlires, and techniques that are necessary to achieve hlgh slandards of air salely; . '

314.1 AIRBORNE COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (ACAS) - OR

Airborne Collision Avoidane System (ACAS) also known as Traffis Aled and Collision Avoidance Systern(TCAS) is an independ~nl airborne system designed as a back up to . the ATC System on 'See and Avoidg concept.

ACAS lilted on aircraft in our fIeel consists aircraR mounted anlennas, a conlputer, Mbde S Transponder and displaylcontrol unit in cockpit and is designaled as,TCAS It.

AGAS continuously surveys the airspace around the aircraft through lransponder signals, Replies received are displayed in the cockpil.

ACAS II generates two typei of Advisories, signals Traffic AdvisoryVA) and Resolution Aduisory(RAJ: to and provides rear time advisory and position information.

These advisories are genera!ed against iritrcder aircraft fined wilh Mode C and S Iransponders.

TRAFFIC ADVISORY

TA is generally displayed 20.48 secorids before intrudsr aircraft is predicted lo cntcr the aircraft's protected volume. TA is announced aurally. The traffic displayed include range, bearing and altitude of the intrqdcr aircraft. Crew shouid usc this inforination b visually locate Ihe inbuder. .

RESOLUTION AUIILSORY

RA is displayed 15-35 seconds before the.. intrtlder-aircraw is predicted-to enfcr lhe aircraft's collisirjn area. RA is announced aurally. The RA would be i r l (he fort11 of a correclive Advisory or Preventive Advisory.

Crcw are authorised to devialu Ir.orll tl~e ctlrrcnt A1C clearance lo [lie exlcnl necessary to cornply v:ilh HA. Once ACAS enunciale 'clear of conAicl" aircralt should reiurrl lo t l ~ or'iginal fliglil level.

i

'. :_ .I

, . . - 0 1.10.200~

.L. - -. .c-.,..-,...J . ..--,$ - ..., I. -. - >..A,,

\... -2 - 2. -.... . .. , . -

Page 180: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL,' '

I l C A S PACE 31-9 I ,.-:.:.-q,

Concerned ATC should k inloimed'of h e manoeuvre, as soon as possible.

However. il is mandalory for Pilal-inGommand to raise incident repad as per following proforma :- - . . -

PILOT/OBSERVER RA MPORT

Aircraft Operator Pilot . Observer

Name. . Telephone SSR

Aircraft ID :

~ i r c r a i t " ~ ~ ~ e

~ e r o d r k e of Departure kstination - -

Date and time of even't UTC

Own aircraft afWde

Own airual! pasilion FIR VOR--.-.- Radial DM€_- - .

WT- LONG

---- -----------I--..-I.-------- I-..- -..-- I- ------------- *A+----*.**.*-* -----.--..-------------

Phase of fliqkt

Take-oft Climb Cruise 0esc;enl . . . Hold . .

Final. . - Missed approach-

Clearance IHF L

----------------- .--- ---* --------.- * - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - p - . - - --------------- , _ _I - - r .

TA Information

TA issued? YES NO

V~sual contact prior to (?A? YES NO

YES ATS advisory?' NO-

Page 181: B737 Operations Manualghy

A T . INDIA CHARTERS IJMflED OPERATIONS MANUAL-

I€ 3 51-10 ACAS nCAS CHAPTER 31 I -

. Intruder bearing olc!ock . - - .

lntruder . . range . - . . I .

N M ' ~ , .

Relative dtituds ft

. . Type of RA . . . . . . ' (cJimb;trossing, climb, VSL 500, etc) Did you follow the RA? YES

NO

If applicable, did ATS instruction conflict wit11 the RA? YES NQ

Was RA necessary7 YES NO-

Flight conditions: I MC . wc Day - Night . ' '

Visibitily NM

Air Traffic scnicc providcd : En-route control

Aerodron~elapproach conlrol Flight intomhation

3.---------- -.--- * -----d------------------- -- ---- ---*+ ----- - ------ Remarks . .

NOTE : The report should be f0rwarded.h the Director of Air Sabty. Ollice of the Oireclor General of Civil Avialion, Opp. Safdajung Airporl, New Deihi - 110 003 (Phone 462 0272, Fax No. 463 3140)

Wilh a copy to the Direclor of ~ i r ' ~ o u t e s and Aerodrome [Operations), Airport Authority of India, h j i v Gandlri Bhavan, SaMarjung Airport, Ncw Oolhi-- 110 003 (Phons 463 1684, Fax 462 9567)

f3737-QR.1-noil normal maneuvers - Trailic avoidance.

3 1-6.1 AIRBORNE COLLISION AVOIOANCE SYSTEM TRAINING ACAS , -. - -

nelails of ACASnCAS training are provided in Training Manual (Operalions) Volu~tlu I

Page 182: B737 Operations Manualghy

AHZ-INDLtL CHARTERS U M ~ E D OPERATIONS MANUAL -

I CHAPTER32 lNSTRUCTlONS TO PIC ON I:!TERCEPTLON OF AIC ' PAGE 32-1 1 32-1.1 INTERCEPTION OF CIVIL AIRCRAFT (REFER JEPPESEN, INTRO~UCTION

EMERGENCY TAB, CHP - 71

3 ~ 1 . 2 AN AIRCRAFT WHICH IS INTERCEPTED BY. ANOTHER AIRCRAFT SHALL IMMEDIATELY:, ' :. .J

. Follow the fnsiruc(ions given by the intercepting aiicraft, interpreting and responding to visual signals in accordance with the-phrases given below. . Nolify, if possible, the appropriate air t r a i k servioes unit. Attempt lo establish radio communication with the intercepting aircraft or with the appropriate intercept controt unit by making a general call on the emergency frequency 121.5 MHz giving the identity of the intercepted aircraft and the nature of the flight, and i f no contact has been established and i f practicable, repeating 11 [is call on the H.F. primary freiuency. If equipped with SSR transponder, Select Code Mode A 7700, unless otherwise instructed by the appropriate air traffic services unit. If radio conlact with :lie intercepting aircraft is cslabtislrsd but conln~unicaJion,in a common language is no1 possible, attempt shall be made to convey essential inforrnation and acknowledgment of inslructions by using the following phrases and pronunciations : Phrase Pronunciation Meaning Wilco ~i i l -KO Understood will comply. CAN NOT KANN NOTT Unable to comp!y. '

REPEAT REE-PEET Repeatyourinstructions. , AM LOST AM LOSST Positio~ unknown. MAY DAY MAY DAY 1 am in distress. I4 I JACK HI-JACK ! have been hijacked. LAND name W N D I request to land at place nariie. DESCEND DEE SEND I require descenl.

Note:-i) In the second column, syllables to be emphasized are underlined. ii) Circun~slances rnay not always permi!. nor make desirable Ihe use of the pl~rasc

'hijack". iii) - The following phrases sre expected (o be used by the intercepting aircraft in the

manner described above. _ _ . _ . - ,. -

Phrase Pronunciation Meaning FOLLOW FOL-LO Follow me DESCEND DEE-send . , Descend {OF landi~g YOU LAND YOU L M N D Land al Illis aerodrome PROCEED PRO-sczd ' You 11;ay proceed

I I ally ir~s~ruclior~s reccivcd by I adio [rorli-any sources co~ifl icl will1 \\lose given Ily the interceplifig aircrafl by visuall~adio siy nals, intercepled aircraft shall requcsl

- irl!n~ediate clarificalion w11iIe conlinuing lo comply with the visuallradio irlstruclions given l)y Ihe inlercepling aircrafl. . ,..

Page 183: B737 Operations Manualghy

. .- ..-. .:<.~. OPERATIONS MANUAL . . . . _. :>,::: . . .I - , I PAGE32-2 - INSTRUCTIONS TO PIC ON (NTERCEP~ON OF AIC CHAPTER 32 1 . . =-. \ - ,

1 I I

The possibility of interception and recourse to visual signals would not normally arise .

if there- is strict 4 complknce with requirements .of. Air D e f e n , ~ Ckarance, avoiding restricted, prohibited, danger areas and when no deviation is made from flight plan route and a listening watch is belnggrnalntained on approprbte ATS ftequency.

.. >. % ..I . .-5:l . Pilots are warned, however, [hat should the o&sion arise they must comply wilh the

.:<:

.3j vi,sual signalslradio Ins~ruclions given by thelntercgpting aircraR.

G 321.3 RESPONSES BY INTERCEPTED AIRCRAFT

Sorles 4 Intercepting Aircraft signals, .. . . ..

,. . .:1 I. . ... . .... . . .,. ..., ... , Rocking wings from a position in front and, normally; to !he left of intercepied aircraft -:. . , .... -. - . .

and, af!er acknowledgment. a slow level turn. normally to thg left, on to the desired heading. . , -. .-.. . .

'.?.-. ..... -. .,. -.., . .... . . .. . . Meaning : You have been intercepted Follow - intercepted Aircraft responds.

Aircrafl Rocking wings and 'following. I Mcaning Understood will cornpl y

-.. Note :- i ) Meteorological conditibns or terrain may require the intercepting aircraft to take up . ,

a position in front and to the right of the inlercepted aircraft and to make the -.. subsequent turg to the right.

- -, (ii) I f the intercepted aircraft is not able to keep pace with the intercepting aircraft, the, - 1.

latter is expected to fly a series of racetrack patlerns and to r o e its wings e a ~ time it passes the intercepted aircraft. ' .

Series 2 lnterccptirrg Aircraft Signals. (Day or Night) - an abrupt break away maneuver from the intercepted aircraft consisting of a climbing turn of 90 deg or more without crossing the line of flight of the intercepted aircraft. Mean ii~g : You may proceed.

Inlerce'pled Aircraft responds. Aircra H : (Day or Nigh!) - rocking wings. Meariing : Understood will comply.

Series2 -- (Day) - cil.cl~r~g aer.or!rorne, lowering landing gear and over flying runway in directi~n of landinp. (Night) -same and; in addilion, showing sleady-laadug lights. - .

Meaning : Land a1 I l ~ e aerpdrame. Intercepted ~ i rc ia f l res~onds . Aircraft :(DAY) -Lowerihg landing gear following the intercepting aircraft and, if after ~verflying runway landirig is considered sale, proceeding lo land. (NIGHT) - in addition, showing sleady landing lights (if carried). Mzaning : Understood will comply.

Page 184: B737 Operations Manualghy

series 1 ' Intercepted Aircraft Slgnals. .

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS IYMlTED . L

a) DAY - ~bislrig landing gear while passlng over, landing runway at a height exceeding 300mts.(1000 PC.) but not exceeding GOOrnts. (2000 ft.)above the aerodrome level and continuing to circle the aerqdrome.

b) NIGHT - flashing landing lights while passing over landing runway at a height exceeding 300mts. (1000 ft.) but not exceeding 600mts. (2000 ft.) above the aerodrome fevel, and continuing to clrde the aerodrome. If unable to flash landing

- lights, flash any ofher lights available. Meailing : Aerodrome you tyve designated is - inidequate. Intercepted Aircraft responds.

a) Day or Night- If it is desired- !hat the inlercepfed 'aircraft follow the intercepting aircraft to an allernate aerodrome the intercepting aircraft raises its landing gear and uses the Series I signals prescribed for interepting aircraft.

b) It il is decided lo release the intercepted aircraft, the intercepting aircraft uses the Series 2 signals prescribed for intercepting aircraft. Meaning :Understood Follow me. Understood You ma-j proceed.

.- ,'

Series 2 Intercepted Aircraft Signals. DAY or.NIGHT - Regular switching on and off all available lights but in such a manner as to be distincl from flashing lights. Meaning : Cannot comply. Intercepted Aircraft resporids: Day or Night - Uses Series 2 signa!~. .

Meaning : Understood.

.

Series 3 lntercepled Aircraft Signals. DAY or NIGHT - Irregular flashing of all available lights. MEANING : In distress. Intercepted Aircraft responds. Day or Night -Use Series 2 signals prescribed'lor'iflt'Er'ce'pting aircrafl. Meaning : U nderslood.

.-. ... .:. ' OPERATIONS MANUAL . . , ..- . -. , .- , - .-..., I CHAPTER 32 lNSTRUCTlONS TO PIC ON INERCEPTION OF AIC PAGE 32-3 1

321.4 SIGNALS INITIATED BY INTERCEPTED A I R C ~ ~ F T AND RESPONSES BY INTERCEPTING AIRCRAFT. , .

Page 185: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 186: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-BVDU CHARTERS LIMYTED OPERATIONS MANUAL

[ CHAPTER 33 AIC INTENDEO TQ BE OPERATED ABOVE 49000' PAGE 33-1 ]

AEROPLANES lNTE NOEb TO BE OPERATED ABOVE

33-1.1 Air India charters Ltd. Aircraft do -not operate above 15000M149,000'.

---- - - - - - - - . . - - - - - - - - . - .. - - ill . I 4.1 , 2:>r1.\

Page 187: B737 Operations Manualghy

I

i AlR-INOM CHARTERS LIMITED .i j . . .: - -:.:I ..> _ OPERATIONS MANUAL -

. . ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT,SAFE.TY PROGRAMME PAGE 34 -1

i 34-1 ACCIDENT PREVENTION 1 Accident prevention'requires that a n awareness of flight safety be fostered. among all ! I the personnel of airline particu!arly among the flight crew. The following paragraphs

1 enunciate accepted principles in accident prevention, and describe proven ' methodologies which include strictly adhering lo the prescribed rules of the air. More

. detalls are available In Air Safety Manual. 5 .L.. I <;y , . -. . . . -A - 0 . . . . , 34-1.1 RULES OF THE AIR

34-1.1.1 COMPLIANCE OF AIRCRAFT RULE 1937

fhe Rules of the Air specified under Rule' 16 of the Aircraft Rules 1937 and CAR Section 4, Series 'E' , Pt I dated 15 July 2004 require cimpliance.

34-1.1.2 AESPONSIBILIW OF PILOT-INCOMMAND

The Pilot-in-Command of an ajrcraft shall, whether manipulating the controls or not, be responsible for the operalidi'of the aircraft in accordance with the Rules of the Air, except that he may depart from these rules in circumstances that render such departure absolutely necessary in the interests of safely.

34-1 .I ;3 PRE-FLIGHT ACTION

Before beginnlng a ffighl, the Pilot-in-Command of an aircraft shall lamiliarise himsell with all available infofrnation appropriate to the intended operation. Preflight action lor flights away from th0 vicinlty of an aerodrome and for all IFR flights shall include a careful study dl available current weather reports and'forecasts, taking in consideration fuel requirements and an allernalive course of action i f the flight cannot be compleled as planned.

34-1.1.4 NEGLIGENT OR RECKLESS OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT

An aircraft shall not be operated in negligenl or reckless manner so as lo endanger life or property of others.

34-1.1.5 MINIMUM SAFE HEIGHTS

Excepi when necessary for taking-off or landing or except by permission from the appropriate Air Traffic Control Unit, aircrall shall not be flown - a) Over the congested areas of cities. - towrrs;"Br settIements or over an open-air

assembly of persons unless at such a height as will permit in the even1 of an emergency arising, a landing lo be made wilhout undue hazard lo persons or propefly on the surface; this height shall nnt be less lhan 300 metres - (1,000 feel) above the highesi obstacle within a radius of 600 metres (2,000 feet) lronr the aircraft;

b) Elsewhere than as specified in clause ja j above, al 2 I~eighl less Ihan 150 metres (500 feet) above the ground or water.

Page 188: B737 Operations Manualghy

. - -

~PAGE 1 4 3 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FUGHT SAFEIY PROGRAMME C~APTER-34 I :"">\

33-1.1.6 PROHIRITE0 AREAS AND RESTRICTED AREAS . ' , , ) . . AJrcrafi shall not be flown In a. pmhlbted area, O r in a sestricted area, the particulars of whlcti have been duly publfshed, except in accordance with the conditions of the restrlctlohs or by permlsklon of the State over whose territory the areas are established.

' 1

34-1.1,7 ' AVOIDANCE OF COLUSIONS

It is important that vigilanbe for the purpose of deteeling potential collisions be not relaxed on board an airc.raft in ffight and whlle operating on m e manoeuvring area of an aerodrome.

An aircraft shall not be operated in such proximity to ather aircraft as to create a collision hazard.

I:

9 RIGHT-OF-WAY

The aircraft (hat has h e right-of-way shall maintain its heading and speed bul nothing in these rules shall relieve the Pilot-in-Command of an aircraft from the responsibility of taking such acHon as wjll.best abed collision. An aircraft that is obliged by the following rules to keep out of k g , way of another shall avoid passing over or under the olher, or crossing ahead of It , unlass It. passes well dear and takes into amunt the eHect of aircraft-make turbulene.

34-1 .I .I0 APPROACHING HEAD-ON

When two aircraft are approaching head-on or approximately so and there is danger of collision. each shall alter its heading to Re right.

- . I . LANDING

1) An aircraft in flight, or operating on the ground or water, shall give way to aircraft landing or in the nnal stages of approach to land.

ii) When two or more heavier-than-air aircrall are approaching an aerodrome for the Purpose of landing, aircraft at the higher altitude, shall give way to aircrafl at Ihe lower altitude bul the latter shall not take advantage of this rule to cu!-in i?!ront of another which is in the final stages of at,-appro3ch 'tz%nz or to overtake that aircraft. Neverlheless, power driven heavier-! han-air aircraft shall give way lo gliders.

Iii) Emerqency Landinq ,. An aircraft that is aware that anolher. is compelled to land shall give way to \hat aircraft.

Page 189: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS L I W E D OPERATIONS. MANUAL

:.:I . . ,:,?:I ..., I CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION 8 FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-3 1 , ,. .

I * I

j 34-1.1.1 2 - OPERATION IN VICINITY OF AN AERODROME

i I

An aircrafl operated on or in the vicinity of an aerodrome shall, whether or not within an aerodrome traffic zone -

a) observe dher aerodrome tra'mc for'the purpose of avoiding collision;

b) conform wiih or avoid the pattern of traffic formed by other aircraft in operalion:

C) make all turns to the let? when approaching for a landing and after taking off, unless otherwise instructd;

d) land and lakeoff Into the wind unless safety, the rdnway configuration or air traffic consideitions determine that a different direction is preferable.

34-1.2.1 FLIGHT PLANS

A ilighl plan required by the Instrument Flight Rules or when submitted for facilitating search and rescue or for any other reason shall be in the prescribed form. No deviation shali be made from a flight plan without informing the appropriate air Iraftc services unit'as soon as practicable.

34-1 J.2 REPORT OF ARRIVAL

A report of amval shall be made lo the appropriate air fraflic services unit at the earliest practicable moment after the amval of any flight for which a flight plan has been provided.

34-1.3 RULES APPLICABLE TO ALL I FR FLIGHTS WITHIN CONTRO L E D Af RSPACE

34-1.3.1 IFR AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE AND ADHERENCE TO IT

An air traffic control clearance shall be obtained prior to operating an IFR flight or a portion of the flight as an IFA flight in controlled airspace. Such clearance shal; be requested through the submission of a flight plan to an air traffic conltol unit. No deviations shall be made from the reqqirgumts,sf- an air tramc conlrol clearance unlcss an emergency situation arises necessilalir~g immediate action, in wtricll case, as soon as possible afler such emergency is exercised, the appropriate Air Traffic C o n l d

. Unit shall be notified of the deviations and, if necessary, obtain an amend& clearance.

34-1.3.2 POSITION REPORTS

The time and level of passing each' designa!ed reporting poi~li. or the reporling points specified by the appropriate air traffic cqntrol unit, together with any othsr required information, shall be reported by radio as soon as possible to the appropriate Air Traffic C0n;rol Unit. In the absence of designated reporting points, position reports shall be

Page 190: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . . . . .

I PAGE 344 ACCIDENT PREMM~ON b ~ G H T S A F ~ PROGRAMME A CHAPTER- 34 1, :?----? J . f

General. 1

,344.3.5 TERMINA710~ OF C~NTROL

When an IFR flight oSating under the alr Lrafic control services has landed, or leaves a controlled airspace-ahd Is no- bnger subjed to air traffic control senice, the .appropriate Air -TraHic Control Unit shall be notified as soon as possible.

. '.

When an aircraft decides to change from compliance with Instrument Flight Rules to compliance with Visual Flight Rules whlle wlthlncontrolled airspdce, the appropriate air traffic; conlrol unit shall be notified.

Wlle~r an aircraft operating under the ~na~iurnenl Flight Rules is flown in or encounters visual meteorological wnditions, the flight plan shall not be cancelled unless it is anticipated, and intended, that the flight will be continued for a reasonable period of Ifme In uninterrupted visual meteorological conditions.

COMMUNICATIONS

CONTINUOUS LISTENING WATCH

An aircraft shall not be flown on an IFR flight within controlled airspace unless a continuous listening watch is maintained on the appropriate radio frequency of, and two-way communication can be established as necessary with the appropriate Air Traffic Control Unit.

COMMUNICATION FAILURE

If a radio failure precludes compliance with 1 3-1 -4.1 the aircraft shall :

1) if in the visual rnete&ological conditions :

i) continue lo fly in vlsual mgletuologfcal conditions; and

ii) land at the most su-itable aefdrome. _ , _ _ _ ._.. - e -- ' 0 .

2) , i f in instrument ~leorological wnditions or when weather wnditions are such that is does not appear. feasible to complele the flight In accordance with (1) above :

i) proceed according to the current flight plan, maintaining the last acknowledged,assigned cruising level (or levels) for the portion of the route , for which the.air&aft has received clearance and thereafter at the cnrising

Ievel (or levels) indicated in the current flight plan; and

Page 191: B737 Operations Manualghy

I AIR-Il$DIA CHARTERS LIMYTED I .<j OPERATIONS MANUAL

N:: .... . \ , . 1 CHAPTER -34 ACCIDEH~ PREVENTION a FLIGHT S A F ~ PRQGRAMME PAGE 34-5

.. . ii) arrange the flight so as lo airive as closely as possible to its estimated time of - 1 -:

arrival; and 0

, -iii) commence descent as nearly as possible to, the expected approach time last

1 . received and acknowledged; or, if no. expected approach time has been ! , . ' received and acknowledged, as nearly as possible to the estimated time of I -.. -. ., s.: J

arrival specified in the flight plan. .

. -. >.<!] -,.. ... , 341.5 , LANDING PEWISSIONS

34.1.5.1 BllATE RAL AGREEMENTS

Bilateral agreements between India and other couhtries goyern the scheduled landing of our fllghts at various airports. Far charter flights, special permission is obtained from the authorities concerned.

NOn-scheduled landings are. generally governed by the International Air Services Transit Agreement which provides that countries signatory to this agreement under the

Convention on International C i l Aviation Organization are permitted to make a technical landing for refuelling purposes, etc. without prior permission. Similarly some airports are made available by the counlries concerned as alternates at ICAO conferences which can be used as such without prior permission. However as soon as a decision is made to make a technical landing or diversion to an airport, the Commander should inform the airport authorities at the earliest opportunity.

34-1.6 OVERFLYING PERMISSION

34-1.6.1 ICAO CONVENTION

Aircrafl of countries signatory to the Internalional Air Services Transit Agreement (ol lCAO Convention) are mutually permitted to overlly their respective couniries in so far as scheduled flights are concerned by prior notification. Specific permission is not necessary in the normal course.

34-1.i6.2 CHART€ R FLIGHTS

For non-scheduled or charter flighls, specific' $k?mEsion should' be sought from Ihe countries concerned. Generally, notice of 72 hours should be given logether wilh details on dateltimk of entry auld exit, nature of flight, call sign, type of aircraft. etc.

GOOD OPERATING PRACTICES

Co~i lor~ i~ i ly with Ille followirlg g ~ o d operating praclices will oreally help achieving safe operation :

Page 192: B737 Operations Manualghy

I PAGE 344 ACCIDENT PRECrENTlON & FLIGHT S A F m PROGRAMME CHAPTER-34 1

34.1.7.1 IFR FLIGHTS *

: Pian and canduct an' IFR 'flight at all times. Change from IFR to VFR flight can only be effected-gt the : specific request of h e Pllot-in-command, ,Clearances to a wntrolled flight to fly maintaining .own separation In VMC can be given only at the request of Ihe pilot-in-command during daylight and durlng dimb or descent and for a specific portion of the flight, There is therefore no wmpulslon to accept such a clearance if suggested by ATC. Before awpting such a clearance the ability to comply with Visual Flight Rules vith reference to.horizontal and vertieal distance from clouds must be carefully considered, and ATC should be Informed at any time when compliance is not possible.

the responsibility of the pilot-lnsomrnand to ensuJe adequate terrain dearance at all tlmes, irrespective of ATC clearana received.

. .

34-f.7.3 COLLISION HAZARDS I

I . .

-. 34-3.7.2 ' ATC CLEARANCE

Air T rak Control clearances are based on known traffic conditions only. They do not constitute authority to violate any regulations established by the appropriate aulhority for promotlng:safety of flight operation. If' an air traffic control clearance is not suitable, the pilot-in-command may request and, if.$radicable, obtain an amended clearance. It is good to make a written record of ATC dearances. The objectives of air traffic control service do not normally include prevention of collision wilh terrain. It is solely

Though air traffic conkot service is aesigned to prevent collision between aircraft in the air or in the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome, there is scope for human error. Maintain a continuous scan for obstructions and for other traffic with as many eyes as

. possible, Maintain a listening watch with as many ears as possible.

34-1.7.4 POSITION REPORTS

Position reports should be made when over or as soon as possible after passing each designated compulsory I-eporting points, unless othenvise required by countries overflown. Air .Traffic Control System is predicted on the receipt of position reports from aircraft and therefore, use all available meam gf c~vffunication to. transmit position reports. Non-receipt will lead to initialjon of emergency procedures by ATC.

34-1 .f .5 ALTlM ETER SETTING

The in~portance of complying with altimeter selling procedures cannot he over- emphasised. I! you do not reset your altimeter when flying from an area of high pressure or high temperature inlo an area of low pressure or low temperature, YOU^ aircraft will be closer to the surlace than the allimeler indicates.

Page 193: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDM CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL '

[CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION L FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-7 '* '-,

Added precaution ,and preplanning are necessary 'when conducting a flight with any equEpment Inoperative, ' C M everything when you fly normally. and 'Cross check'

, , when flying with an inoperative item. Do not hesitate to ask for assistance from an air traffic controfse~ce, when necessary.

88 alert at all)imes, especially when the weather is good. Most pilols pay allenlioi~ when they are operating in IFR weather conditions. but strangely, air collisions and accidents have occurred under ideal weather conditions.. Uplimiled visibility appears to encourage a sense of security which Is not at all justified. Eternal vigilance is the price of safety.

. _. 34-1.7.8 APPROACH-TO~AND

' . In view of many incidents i accidents during landing, it is recommended that i f the approach Is not stabilized in all respects. both vertically and laterally, approach speed, . visual cues, etc., it is advisable to execute a missed approach rather than attempling a risky landing which might jeopardize the safety of aircraft.

34-1.7.9 NEED FOR CONSTANT VIGILANCE

Constant vigilance or: part of crew members is a must at all times.

One major factor which is significant contribuling cause of incidents I accidents is COMPLACENCY.

The harmony behveen man and machine had been lacerated by a most insidious factor, which wmes in a variety of disguises. Sometimes it poses as overconfidence; at other limes boredom, and at still others, it is indistinguishable from inattention. I t is a state ol mind characterised by contentmenl, In this respect it is unlike other rnenlal stresses; as a matter of fact, you might consider it a kind of 'anti-stress'.

The origin of complacency is lound in conhdenee, an indispensable trait for thc successful pilo!: All pilols have confidence levels which are determined by their past experience, training, and types of personalities. For some their confidence level is proportional to (he number of operating enginesflr$dundancy in avionics.

As a pilot's learning cum* in a new machine begins to .flatten out, decisions 5ecome '

easier and flying becomes more routine.

The earliest ~ f f e c l s of complacency are sub:le erosions of the desire lo remain proficient. The pre-flighl check becomes less carnplete and more aul~rnalic. The pilo! is less altenlivc lo Itle care of ! i s oxygen mask and sur,vival equipnienl. Hems dealing with his personal safely are i l ~ose most frequenlly neglecled by the complacent pilot. In addiiion, ' because of his success in mastering his environment, he becomes

Page 194: B737 Operations Manualghy

A I R - m u . CHARTERS L M E D OPERATIONS MANUAL . - - - .

PAGE 34-8 ACCIDENT PREVENTION &,FLIGHT S A F m PROGRAMME CHAPTER- 34 >.. - -.,

increasingly likely to ,play a flight by ear rather than plan ahead for possible , . ; contingencies. It would appear that complacen~y Is a stale not too far removed from

spring fever. There may even be physical symptoms such as. a gradual increase in 'weight and a general decline In physical conditions caused by lack of attectiveness to

. .

physlcal pragr'ammes. . .

Like a pilot who suffers from hypojda, !he complacent pllit Is unnwnm af the gradual delerioration - in. his performance. He loses the abllity lor critical self- appraisal. His adrenal glands seem to have become drowsy. B~l0d0m and inattention ,

are the chief cock@ manifestations of complacency. 'Flat, dumb and happy', sums up Re condition better than any mouthful of erudite psychological terms. To make matters ,worse, cpmplacency is reinforced by an airllnds good safety record and the adtndedged mechantcal rellabllity of ,a particular aircrafi. Not Infrequently an airline goes for long perlod without a major accident only 10 have a rash of accidents which can offen be traced back to a complacent attitude, Instead of profiting from )he incidents and accidents of others,. the complacent pilot says, 'This can't happen to me'. These cherished thoughts about one's immortality may bolster the ego, but-they can't expose ifie flesh to a variety of adversttles. Although complacency tnay be the cause of a major event like a mid-alr wlllslon or an eplsode of fuel emaustion, for the most part it Induces minor accidents atid incidents. Taxi accidents and other minor ground incidents are frequently the result of a camplacent pllotws adions.

Complacency is easier to prevent than cure. The pilot may help prevent wmp!acency - by developing a very high standard of perfection, not only for his flying pedormance but for his physical and mental condition as well. ' Because. of the disarming of - -\*

- " mmpfacency and because it is associated wilh experience and confidence - both . . . ,. . qualities of high-time pilots - it is a frequently ovsrlooksd factor., Increased vigilance and determination on the part of pilots and supervisory personnel are required to prevent its effects.

34-1 -8 HYDROPLANING

34-1.1.4 GENERAL

I t is recognised .that a film. or water on. runways can seriously affect aircraft ground ~ntrnlIabiIity and braking efficiency. As the sped of the aircraft and the depth of the water increase, the water layer builds up an increasing resistance lo displacement, resulting in the formation of'a wedge of water beneath the iir~me+ertical component of this resistance progressively lifls the :tire decreasing the area In cantact with the runway until, with cerlain aircraft configurations and depths, the tire is completely out of contact with the runway surface and starts hydroplaning on a film of water. In this condition, the tires no longer contribute to directional cantrol and braking action is nil.

Page 195: B737 Operations Manualghy

There are three types of hydroplaning : 1

I) -The first is dynamic hydroplaning which occurs when there is standing water on the runway surface.'Water about one-tenlh of an inch deep acts to lift the tire off the runway as explained above. - ,

i - .. I .. -

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS bTMITED . , -. OPERATIONS. MANUAL

ii) The second type is viscous hydroplaning. <:& to the viscous properties of water. In this type, a thin film of nuid not more than one-thousandth of an Inch in depth ennot be penetrated by the tire and the tire rolls on top of the film. This can occur at a much lower speed than dynamic hydropl~ing but requires a smooth or smooth ading sutface.

p-::. >.> _.. . .:-:.

iii) The third type,- knowcas reverted rubber hydroplaning, requires a prolonged locked wheel skid, reverted rubber, and a wet runway surface. The reverted rubber aits as a seal between the tire and theminway and delays water exit from the tire footprint area. The water heats and. Is converted to steam and the steam supports the tire off the pavement.

34-1.8.3 CLOSE ADHERENCE TO OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES

34-1-8.2 TYPES OF HYDROPLANING ! 1

1 ' .

. ,.<. . . , .

When landing on a wid runway, close adherence to established operational procedures is essential relative to touchdown point, speed control, and the use of speed brakes, wheel brakes, reverse thrust and turn-off point, when a high speed turn-off is anticipated.

34-1.8.4 EFFECT OF CROSSWIND .

CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-9 I

crosswinds' act over the entire side area of aircraft and p;oduce side farces which tend to push aircraft OH the down wind side of runways. These forces arc proporlional to the square of the crosswind velociiy; thus, a 10 knot crosswind would quadruple the side force developed by a 5 knot crosswind on an aircraft. Generally, the center of pressure of this crosswind acts aft of the center of rotalion (main landing gear) so thal a yawing nWnent which tends lo make the aircrett weathercock or wealhervane into (he wind; is usually produced.

34-1.10.5 COMBINED EFFECTS

One of the worsl conlrsl situations occurs when there is a crosswind in conjuction w i l t ~ wet runways. and Ihe conditions thal are encountered prdduce tolal lire hydroplaning FAA-NASA tesls with a Isur-engine jet transport demonstrated a loss in dircclional conlrol and an approximate doubling or tripling of the dry runway slopping dislance (without use of reverse thrusl) when hydroplaning' occurred.

In tne approach, the pilot can be [lying solely by instruments and his attention is concentrated entirely within his, cockpit. Suddenly he breaks oul an "minimrrm" and must make inslantzneous transition to visual flight; and he must inimediately tl-lereafler

Page 196: B737 Operations Manualghy

Consider the landing shown,.if Fig. 1, where the aircraft touches down on runway headlng and wnterllns: Thls touchdown Is akornpllshed In a crosswind by either e Wred down! or 'crabu correction. Since the touchdovljn speed is greater thao the total hydroplaning s p e d (see Tabte 1), the lire-ground traetlon Is rill: With no pilot corrections, Ule aircraft. wlll probably weathmck into the WIND and drift toward the downwiad side of the iunway. In this situation, application of reverse thrust increases the drift dowriviind, slnce the side oomponenl of reverse thrust acts In the sam direction as the wlnd force. (see. vector dlagram, Flg.1). I f thls.wndition 1s: allowed to continue and the crosswind component Is'hrge enwgh,'the alrcraft will'drlft off h e side of the runway with perhaps -thbusands of feet of usable .runway'. remaining. Only three alternatives are available to the pllot :

4 ..

AIR-INDIAn C . T E R S ' L I M I l E D - -..' . - .- . , ,.- ---:a .-. .... OPERATIONS MANUAL

I he can continue,as before'and run off the slde.of the runway, 2) he -ti apply enough.forward thrust to malntaln the airkafl In the center of the

nmway, or 3) he can yaw the aircraft dqwnwind and apply reverse thrust.

- . AGE 34-10 ACCIDENT PREVENtlON & FLIGHT SAFEW PROGRAMME CHAPTER- 34

I The first is obviously unacceptgb!e.

- -. ,.

The second increases the stopping distance appreciably, and the thlrd would seem to be contrary to any manoeuvre a pilot has attempted before. Fortunately, In most cases, the aircraft can be slowed below the hydroplaning speed before R is pushed off the side gf the. runway. Then the tires can begin to take part of the load, maintain aircraft control, and, help to a slow the aircraft. It should be remembered, however, that aircraft braking tests have demonstrat@ that stopping distance3 (without reverse thrust) can be increased 60 percent on wet runways wflhout hydroplanlng occurring.

touch down on a nmway, of unknown slipperiness. This is one of the worst situations. possible, but it can frsquently be ' encountered with water-covered runways when . visibility is poor.

wind, - wlng wind Reverse thnrst M forward thrust '

Touchdown L d 3 * /'

Landing : At the high touchdown speeds, tire ground traction is nil (Tires hydroplaning). After touchdown, airvaf l weather vanes into,wind. Wind force tends to drift aircraft off right side of runway.

The purpose of this has been lo point out some of the probleo~s and principlas involved . .

' , during landing opera!ions in crosswinds on slippery. runways. and not to advise c:7-.-.,y . . . .a , .< 4 . ..;, -.-. -: - . 4

.- .. ., .... ....I experienced pilot on how to conlrol their own familiar aircraft. The strongest and most

Page 197: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHABTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS. MANUAL

CHAPTER 9 4 ACCIDENT PREVENTION &~FLlOHT SAFETY P R Q ( ~ ~ M M E PAGE34-11 1 Important fad.-he ~llot'.should remember h to ~ l a n .ahead, If the destination has a known apwnd Cbndilion and the ecdhons to. be ericountered can possibly cause gre- hydroplanlog, he should thlnk Mce before landing 'there. In a marginal situation whhaut prlor planning there may be InsuMclent tlme foi the-pliot to analyse what is happening adtake the propet correctii action. If the landing must be accomplished

, in these conditions, the pllot should make sire-that thetapproach. k not high or fast and that the actions-of the alrcrafi after touchdown are antldpaied with subsequent pilot

, reactions planned.

34-1.9 OPERATlONS FROM RUNWAYS CONTAMINATE3 WITH SNOW, SLUSH OR WATER

The following information provides advice on takeoff and landing procedures on runways covered with slgnifimt deposits of snow, slush or standing water. The advice is applicable to all aeroplanes'

~ ~ i r a t i o n s from contaminated runways should be gvolded whenever possible. When this occurs, the first consideration should tk to delay and awalt improved condilions or

. if airborne, to divert lo another aerodrome. C

34-1.9.2 OPERATIONAL' FACTORS

A) The runway surfice condition Is &ported by the following method. The depth of snow or slush is measured'by a standard depth ,gauge;readings'being taken at epproximately 300 meter intervals, between 5 and 10 meters from the runway centerline and dear. of the effects of rufiing. Oeipth is reported in millimeters for 'each thlrd of the runGay length. A subjective assessment is 'also made of the nature of the surface dntemlnant, on the following scala :

, , . I .

- (a) 0rjr Snow (less than 0.35 SG) (b) Wet Snow ' ' (0.35 to 0.50 SG) (c) Compacted Snow (over 0.50-SG)

, (4 Slush . (0.50 - 0.80 SG) (el , Standing Water ' (1.00 SG):'

6) The ~resence of water on a runway will be reporled to the pilot using the following descdptions : _ _ - - - - - . ,a

a) Damp - the surface shows'a change of colour due to moisture. b) Wet - the surlace L soaked out' no significant'patches of standing water are

visible C) Water Patches - Significant palches of standing water are visible; d) Flooded - exlensive water patches are visible.

It should be assumed that runway contamination exists if the report indicates either condition (c) or (d) above.

Page 198: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-m1A . C H A R W r n D . .

, ..- .... .. -. >- .-, .-.-: . .-. . .. .a OPERATIONS MANUAL ..-., . -. , . . PAGE 34-12 ACCIDENT PREVENTK)N 8 ~LIOHT SMEW PROORAMME CHAPTER- 34 1 . , C) Depths greater than 3 nm of water, dush or wet snow, or 10 mrn of dry snow, are

. likely to have a'slgnifimt effect on the performance of aeroplanes; h e main effects are :

a) additi0m-i drag - irelardation effeds on h e wheels, and spray impingement . drag. . v

b) possibility of power loss or system malfunction due to spray ingestion or impingement; .

c) reduced wheel-braking performan= -the problems of aquaplaning.

d] diredional control problems.

e) possibility of structural damage. . - '

A water depth of less than 3 mm is n o m i during and after heavy rajn, and in' such wnditione, na cbrredione to lakeoff performance are necessary other than the allowance, where applicable, for the effect of -wet or slippery surface. However, on such a r u w y - where the water depth is less than 3 mm and where the F8rformanw effed (a) above is insignificant, IsoIaled patches of standing

wat& or slush' of deplh in excess of 15 mrn located In the area of h e runway wheri the aeroplane approaches V1 on takeoff, may slill lead to ingestion and temporary power, fluctuations which could Impair safety.

D) A continuous depth of water greater than 3 mm is unlikely as a result of rain alone, but can occur if torrential rain combines yith a lack- of runway camberlcrossfall or a cross-wind to redlrce the rate of water drainage from Ihe runway. In such 'conditions the water depth is unlikely to persist for mare than about IS mins. after the rain has ceased and takeoff should be delayed accordingly;

In assessing the performance effect of increased drag (for reasons outlined in C (a) above, the conqition of the upwind half of the take-off runway is most important, i.e. the area where the aeroplane is travelling at high speed. Small isolated patches of standing water will have a r~egligible effect on pedormance, but if extensive areas of standing water, slush or wet snow are prese~t and there is doubt aboul Ihe depth, take-OK should nol be a_t!egaL , . .

34-1,9.3 GENERAL LfMlTATlONS FOR TAKE-OFF

When operations from contaminated runways are can!zmplated the following ' procedures are recornmei#ed :

Take-offs should no1 be attempted in depths of dry snow greater than 60 mm or depths of water, slush or wet snow greater than i 5 mm. If the snow is very dry, a depth of nd

- more Ihan 80 rnm is acceptable.

Page 199: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS- MANUAL :;y; . . . - .! . . ., I CHAPTER 44 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFEW PROGRAMME PAGE 34-13 1

..,.' i

When manoeuvring on contaminated taxiways prlor to take-off, care should be taken in ' the use of rwirsa thrust, to avold oontamlnation.of the wing teading edges. . .

'

' Appropriate field length pedormence conections shohld be made.

~ o r k a l takeoff configuretion sho"ld be used 'and all devites on the aeroplane which cantributes to braklng performance (reverse thiust, lift dump, etc.) should be senriceable.

. .

Madmum takeoff power obtaina bIe should be used.. . I

Take-off should not be attempted In tail-winds. .

Take-off shwfd not be atlempted,in cross-wlnds exceeding 10 kt.

iormal mlatlon and lakeoff &ifety speeds should be Gs~d. , .'

Depth of water or slush, 'exceeding approximately 3 mm, over a considerable proportion of the length of the runway, can have.an adverse effect on landing petformance. Under such 'conditions aquaplaning is likely to occur with its allied problems of negligible wheebbraking and toss of directional control. Moreover, once aquaplaning is established, it may in certain circ~irnslances be maintained in much lower depths of water of slush. A landing should only be attempted in these conditions if there is an adequate distance margin over and above the normal Landing Distance Required, and when the cross-wind component is small.

. .

34-1 .I 0 CHECKLIST OF EMERGENCY &;'SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR ITS USE

. .

Flight safely manual contents the emergency and safety equipment list for each type of aircraft. InsWuctions for its use are explained in detail in the same manual.

All flight crew and cabin crew shall undergo Flight Safety refresher courses and keep themselves current on all aspecls in this regard.

34-1.11 CONTROLLED FLIGHT INTO TERRAIN

34-1 .A 1.1 INTROOUCTION , . ,, , - _ I - - - . I *

Controlled Flight Into- Terrain(CFITj is an accident that occurs when an airplane is inadvertenlly flown into-terrain or water. This has been one of the major contributing factor to hull lasses and fa(alities in commercial aviation.

As a step towards avoidance o i CFl7 accidents, all concerned in the Indusky are stepping up efforts in their respective fields to bring in an awareness which would in turn help to achieve the objective of reducing and ulIirnalely eliminating such accidents.

Page 200: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LI1MITED OPERA~UNS ~ N U A L

I PAGE 34-14 ACCIOEW PREVENTION (L FLIGHT SAFEN PROGRAMME CHAPTER- 34 I Analysis of acddents reveals mat the area of great concern In CFIT accldents Is apprdacManc$ng pha'se. 'In thii asped, awareness amongst fllght crew of monitoring the instruments and giving' standard call-ouls becomes a key factor.

.

, Various fa~tors contributing to CFlT accidents-are briefly summarised below: - .

The =uses of CFlT ac&lenls due to vertical profile errors include lack of pilot understanding of ATC clearanas, - mlsreadlng apprqach charts andlor pbor altimeter setllng procedures. -

I

Crew must be aware at gll'.time of aircraft po#ion and minimum sector allitude. w i l e ' obeying'ATC lnstructlons do not assuine hat the Controller will keep the alrcraft adequately clear of high ground.. Always doss check .your posltlon to high ground. If In doubt ask the oontroller, he may be pre occupled wlth other aircraft and mlnlmum sector altltude g h In alrport chart Is upto 25 NM. From airport or DME. However, radar vectoring may commence beyond 25 NM. Therefore Grid MOW of the entire area must be noted PF to use RADAR mode selected and PNF must select TERRAIN mode below 20,000 AGL. .

. . - .

scc:tr.s WEATHER . . i - . . . . , , . : - . .

. .- . . Weather and visibility usually play -a -role in CFlT accidents. Low ceiling. 'poor ~ ~ l b l l l r j or night operatl~ns are normally present when a CFlT accident or incident takes place. Avoidance of such accurrenws depends on how the flight crew adhere to the cockpit procedures. The, prime fador in this category of occurrences is a descent below mlnhum during an instrument approach causing the airplane to wnlact the ground before it reaches the runway. The, de'cision of flight

,Crew to descend below minimum is either due to lack of position awareness or lack of discipline. They may know the airplane's posilion but are hesitant to execute a missed approach when the situation requires. '

34-1.1 1.4 POOR PILOT RESPONSE

~na lys is of CFIT accidents reveals that avoidance of a collision often requires pilot to initiate a pull-up manoeuvre within seconds of the GPWS- with no time for troubleshooting or lor other assessments. When in I.M.C. many of these accidents have taken place due to slow or inadequate pilot response to-GPWS warnings.

34-t.11.5 FLIGHT CREW COMPLACENCY . .

Complacen~y is defmed as sa tisfaclion, smudginess or contentment. One such example of flight crew complacency is that the pilots gets GPWS warning while descending to a lower altitude- during approach for an airport which he -has Itown a number of times. Becahse or complacency, [he pilot's brain might have disregarded such aural and visual warnings. Further, a-pilo1 may also be conditioned by experience

Page 201: B737 Operations Manualghy

- i i . , AIR-INUlA CHARTERS LIMI'TED.

- :I -:- , ;-f:'j -. - OPERATIONS MANUAL . : - :! . . I CHAPTER 4 4 ACCIDENT PREVENTION 8 FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-15 1

.of false EGPWS warnihg due to a particular known terrain feature since he has flown !

on the same route many limes. He may thus fail to react to an actual threat-owing to the false mse of security.

i . - . .

3 4 1 .I 1.6 ATC COMMUNICATIONS . -

. I . :. .I

: :G- 7.v-

::A:] At times of increased workldad, ATC and flight crew may communicate with each other

,.. .t - - - I by uslng a ahort or.nonslandard phrase, which can lead to misunderstandings, between

ATC and Ihe' pllots. Clearance meant for one airplane may have been given lo another, resulting lnto CFIT accidents.

Modern airplanes equipped with latest ai&ome equipment like flight directors, aula- pilots, autdhrottles, Flight Management Computers etc: have helped to reduce Ihe workload of Ihe flight crew to keep track of altitude, airspeed and approach flight path. However, flight crew may hiknowingly misuse these deivces or operate them with faulty data.

Factors .causing Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT) accidents are therefore summarised as follows :

Lack of literal situatioial awareness. Failure to.recognise responsibilities. Deliberately violating procedures. Misinterpretalion of approach procedures. Failure to adhere to landing minimums.

I ~ a c k of flight deck management. Deficient or nonexistent, standard operaling procedures. Failure to perform proper EGPWS recovery procedure. Lack of cross checking, crew coordinalion, or cooperation

I :>.I :<:3

Lack of communicalion of phraseology problems. . - - . ,..,, ,- . < .... ..... ....

- - 8

I With the increased awareness ol above mentioned areas of improvement in the human

::<1 :.: .? factors, Ilighlcrew can significantly contribute to the reduction of CFIT accidents. . ::.1 - . . . .... , < ,

34-1.11.8 ENHANCEDGROUNDPROX~M~TYWARN~~GSYSTEM(EGPWS) The installation of the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Syslem (EGPWS) can reduce CFIT accidents. I t is one of. the majw-tools-irrthe CFlT prevention methods.

The EGPWS warning is normally the flight crew's last opportunity to avoid CFIT. IncidentslAccidents have occurred because flight crews have failed to make timely and correct responses to the EGPWS .warnings. The available time has increased behveen inilial warning and aeroplane impact since the tirsl version of the EGPWS. Howcver. this time should not be used to analyse Ihe silualion. With the early versions, lhere Was as liltle as 5 seconds warning, and none at all if the impact point was on a relatively steep slope of a mountain. There may be as much as 30 seconds for newer and future EGPWS versions. In Ihe absence of slandard operating procedures or

Page 202: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL I PAGE.34-46 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIOHT S A F m PROGRAMME -CHAPTER- 34 1 I- -.,.- . .

aeroplane manufactur6r gddance,: the folowing manoewre should be executed In . . . . : . , ! . responsetoaEGPWSwamlng,excepF.'tndeardayllgh~VMCwhentheRighterewean - - -

immediately and uneq~lvocally confirm that an Impact wlth the ground, water, or an obstacle wlll not take place,:. '

. - a) React immediately tir a EGPWS warning

b) ' . Positivdy apply maximum thrust and rotate to the approprlatc pitch attitude.

c) Pull up wilh wings level to ensure W m u m aeroplane performance.

d) If terraln remains a mat,- contlnue'iotatlon upto the pitch llmit lndlcator (if avallaMej 'or suck shaker or lnltlal Met. . .

. . . .

el 'Always resped stlck shaker. . .' .

r) Do not change. gear or flap con~duratlon until terrain separation Is assured.

.d ' Maintain radio altitude for sustained or increasing terrain separation.

h) When c!ear of terrain, slowly decrease the pitch attitude and accelerate.

The escape manoeuvre shbuld de continued until &bing lo the ,s&lor emergency safe altitude or .unlil visual verification can be made that the aeroplane will clear the terrain or obstacle, even if the GPWS warning stops; , ,

34-1.11.9 FLIGHT CREW ACTION FOR 'ENHANCED GROUND . PROXIMITY CAUTIONI WARNING 18737-800 AlRCRAFFl

. . . - -In case of EGPW alerls; the following to be accomplished :- CAUTION : A go-around shall bi.initiated I f the cause of the warning cannot be

identified Immediately. NOTE : During daylight VMC conditions, when positive visual verification is made that

no hazard exists; the warning may be considered cautionary.

w "PULL "TERRAIN TWN PULL upts "TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP" . Simultaneously : PITCH AITITUDE .................................................. AT LEAST 20: NgSE

UP, , - _ . _ - - - - . ,* ,

- Use Stick Shaker boundary as upper.limil~of pitch

THROTTLES ............................................................... .FULL FORWARD - AUTO-PILOT ................................................................. DlSCONNECT

M H R ................. :. ............................................... .:: ... DlSCONNECT BANK ............................... .:'. ....................................... WINGS LEVEL

............................................ ' CHECK SPEED BRAKES LEVER RETRACTED

I I -

. When flight path Is safe and GPWS warning ceases :

Page 203: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS &IMTED OPERATIONS, MANUAL . . :. . .,.., ....

.C .. .- - > .-,.,. ..... . . .... . . . /CHAPTER a ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-17 1

- D ~ e a s e pitch allilude and accelerate. . - * - - . A '

' . . - I ~ h ' e n speed a hove VLS and VIS posltive : . - C h n up aircraft as required.

. .. '. u t ~ ~ ~ ~ ERRAN" - "TOO COW TERRAIN" .

. . ,, :.. : .I :0 .... ..__. . - Adjust the flight path or Initiate e go-around. ...- ... .... :, ..j

"SINKRA?E'' - Adjust pitch attitude and thrust to silence the Gaming.

. "DON'T SINK" - Adjust pitch atlllude and thrust to maintain level cr dimblng flight.

- Coned the configuralign1or perfom a go-around

1 "GLIDE SLOPE" - Establish the aIrpIane on the glide slope Of . - Switch off the GIs mode push-button switch if flight below' glide slope is

intenlional (non precision approach).

EGPWS WARNING : Any of the follow/ng condilions is regarded as a ~ P W S warning'

-Activalion of the EGPWS 'TERFIAIN, TERRAIN, -PULL .UP' or 'PULL UP" warning.

Red 'GPWS" IighI

- . Pop Up of Terrain Display with Red Warning area displayed.

Other situation resulting in unacceptable flight toward terrain. For recovery prdcedures see baslc Airplane Flight Manual

EGPWS CAUTtON. Any of the following conditions is regarded as an EGPWS Caution :

Activation bf the EGPWXS 'CAUTION TERRAIN', " ~ 6 6 LOW TERRAIN', 'SINKRATE', 'DON'T SINK, 'GLIDESLOPE", 'TOO LOW FLAPS' or 'TOO LOW GEAR' alert.

Amber :GIs" tighl o: Red "GPWS" light with any or (he aural alerls listed above.

- . Pop Up of Terrain Display with Amber Alert area displayed. ,l '

. , For recovery procedures see basic Airplane Flight Manual.

Page 204: B737 Operations Manualghy

OPERATIONS MANUAL ... + ... . . . .,.. -2. ?,,'

I PAGE 34-48 ACCIDENT PWENTION 8 FLlOHT SAFETY PROGRAMME n CHAPTER-34 1

The fqllgwlng paragraphs describe' in general instructions and guidance on the duties . and obligations of personnel following an InddentlAccldent.

.... '%:< .. - 2,:j 4: :-1 .- . 34-21 REPORTlNG QF ACCIDENTS

94-2.1 .I f i b . .

In aecordance with the eldstlrig provisions in Rule 60 of the Alreraft Rules 1937,

. . ., . .- , eccldents .Involving. death or .serlobs Injury to persons an Ward the aircraft or

. ... , -. .. 2 :.:. . slibdantial damage to th; airwp are to be reported to the DPCA within 24 hours of :.:,..: :.'I,: thboqrrence of the a~ldent ; . . . -' - ., -2. .. .f.-..

,; .. .. ..I.. 1

34-2.1.2 RESPONSIBILIITY OF COMMANDER 4;:; . - . . - .

-The CMuMndbr shall be respoFlble far notlfyhg tbe nearest appropriate authority by 'thetheq$lckeat available-means of.gny acddent lnvolvlng the alretaft resulting in Injury or death of; any persons gr- substantlal damage to aircraft or property. The Director- 0praba'ns IGeneial Manageraps., shall be slmul~aneously nalified of the accident by the qulckest available means-$bin 24 hours. This notideation shall indude the followiq details :

a) Flight number and date :

b) Aircraft registration marks ;

c) Dateandlime(UTC)oftheaccident;

d) PositIan of aiuafi with reference lo some easil; befined geographical point and latitude and longitude ; . . . -

e) , Physical characteristics of the accident area ;

i ) Number of crew and - aboard, killed and seridusly injured; others- kllld and seriously injurd ; __ __- d - ' . .

Nature of \he accident and the extent of damage to the aircraft as far as is known ;

h) Name of the Commander.

54.2.1.3 RESPONSlBlLlN OF OTHER CREW MEMQERS

I if the Commander is incapacitated or killed in the accident, this responsibility wit1 .develop on the other crew members in the drder of succession of command.

Page 205: B737 Operations Manualghy

.AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED '

' OPERATIONS MANUAL '

[CHAPTER a ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 3449 j

34-2, I .4 ASSISTANCE TO PASSENGERS AND PROTECTION OF .A1 RCRAFT

The Commander shall take all measures to render assistance to passengers and crew and protecting the aircraft and property and shall ,ask the Manager I Flight Despatcher of fh'e nearest station to belp him In this regard. . .

34-2.1.5 RESPONSIBILITY OF FLIGHT DESPATCHER

The Flight Despatcher nearest the scene of acciderit shall send a telex giving details of the accidenl as above, followed .up by a rep06 to' the Director- Operaf ons !General Manager-Qps., at the eartiest opportunity. . .

. 34-2.2 REPORTING OF INCIDENTS . > . .

34-2-21 ' GENERAL , ,

- .-

In accordance wlth Rule 778 of the Aircraft Rules 1937, in addition to reporting accidents, the Pilot-in-Command & Air lndia are required to notify the incidents to the following officers within 48 hours of the occurrence of the incident.

I SR.NO. OFFICE FAX-NQ

1 MGR- AIR-$AFETY:AIR-I~ND~ CHA~TEPS LTD. 91 22 261 57027 2 HEAD-OPERATIONS- AIR INDIA . CHARTERS 91 22 26157430

LTD. ,, '

. . 3 ~€61. DIRECTOR OF AIR SAFETY, OGCA 91 11-2469-0321

{OEL) OR 4 . REGL. DlRECTOR OF AIR SAFETY, DGCA 9133-251 18374

(CCU) OR 5 REGL. DIRECTOR OF AIR SAFETY, DGCA 9144-256-1338

6 ( M I

REGL. DIRECTOR OF AIR SAFETY, DGCA 94 22-267 5-7007 (MUMBAI)

. ,

The list of the occurrences lo be reported is given separately iri this chapter.

34-2.2.2 DOCUMENTS _ - --- '

Generally, the following documents 'are available to th , i ' crew before the commencement of the flight.

1. FlighI Plans 2. Take ol l Data Card 3. Fligl~t Despatchers Pre flight briefing sheet 4 . Pre flight information sheet B737-800 5. Nolams 6. MET ~orderl~atellite picture (when available)

Page 206: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-LZVD1A ,cHARTERS'WMITED . . . ,

,-: 1:

::.- '3 ..... . . . . OPER~T~ONS MANUAL . .

... . . ,, I PAGE 3420 ACCIDENT PREYENTION & FLIGHT S A F m PROGRAMME CHAPTER-34 1 7. Loadsheet . .

! . . b Fuel reoelpt ',

! , , 9. ~ e c u w c i e a r a n d ~ e ~ r i a ~ e certificate -

Durfng the coup of Uw flight, tho ciew ralses the following documents :

I. Sector PageCFlight Report 2. 2.Pilota Report '. 3. . Pilots Speclal R e p 0 (when req"lred.) 4. Operational lrlcldent Report (In case of repurtable intldentlaccldenl.] 5. 'Landingbrd- - 6. Blrd Strike Performa (ln'case of bird sbike ) etc. 7, General AlerVBoqb Threat Performa (as applicable) a

It 1s mandatory that all these document by retained for varying periods as dipulated by the regulations, Therefore, it has to be ensured that all these documents are deposited in the envelops kept for.thls purpose - on board for onward fomrarding -to Operations . (HQ).

In the event of any reportable Incident, efter'dsseminaling the information (PSR,OIR) as per thehedsting practice, the OfficerslAsst. Officers-Flight Operations, must ensure that all .the above documents are available by checking against a list of documerlts.

Further, i i kase of rejected take-off, the Takedff Data Card, Flight Oespatchers Pre- flight Briefing Sheet, PSRIOIR (after fain4 to concerned authorities), should be sealed and sent lo-Director-Air Safely thereafter. : 'j

C'

34-2.2.3 DEFINITION

'Incident" in relation to an aircraw means an occurrence which takes place either on the ground or In flight (Refer to the list of occurrences.) .

INFORMING TO DGCA 34-2.3

34-2.3.1 PROFORMA OF.THE REPORT

The following information is required to be furnished to the DGCA in this conFieclicn :

8 ii) iii) iv) v) 4 vi i) viii) ix)

the type, nationality and registration marks of the~iacaIt+-- the name of the owner, operalor and hirer of the aircrarl ; the name of Ihe Pilot-in-command or (he aircrafl ; the names and descriplion of the crew ol the aircrafl ; Ihe nature and purpose ol (lie Ilighl ; the date and lime of Ihe incident ; the place wh,ere the incident occurred ; the lasl point of deparlure and (he'next point of intended landing 01 the aircraft; the natlrre of the incidenl,

Page 207: B737 Operations Manualghy

MR-NDf i CHARTERS LIMITED - OPERATIONS MANUAL 4 ... - -4 . . . .I .-:-, I CHAPTER--34 .ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FUGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-21 1

I

m ' .

! 1 34-2.3.2 POWERS OF DGCA

' Under the &, the O G C A - ~ ~ ~ - to order i n investigation- of any incident by - appolntlng an Inqulry 0ffic;er who. has been vested with full powers to summon persons involved and requlre the production of all documents, - etc. . I < .

In view of thb, whenever an inddent occurs, t b commander concerned is required to send a telex tolhe Director-Operations giving the particulars required above for onward transmission to the DGCA. , . ..

34-2.4 LIST OF OCCURENCES TO BE-REPORTED . . I . . .

34-2.4.1 A) DAMAGE TO AN ARC& : *

' I Any failure of aircraft prlmary structure. , . , . ;2) Damage whlch necessltates repair before further flight, due to, for example.

Ingestion, collision," meteorological conditions, hard or overweight landing, overheating, incorrect techniques or practices, etc.

. .

34 Any failure d non-primary structure which endangers the airuaff. 4) . Any part of the aircraft beconiing detached-in flight.

8 INJURY TO A PERSON :

5 ) This, is Intended to Include any minor injury sustained by a passenger or member ofhthe aircraft crew while on board the aircraft, for example injury to a passenger.as a result of turbulence, the scalding of a member of the cabin staff as a result of .faulty design, inadequate sewicing or the incorrect handting of galley equipment. . .

C ) THE IMPAIRMENT OURING FLIGHT OF THE'-CAPACITY OF A MEMBER OF FLIGHT CREW TO UNDERTAKE THE FUNCTIONS TO WHICH HIS LICENCE RELATES :

6) Such Impairment could be caused by the onset of illness (e.g. food poisoning), the injudicious use 'of lh&~6duf;c'drugs, ,albbhol etc. Judgemenl as to whelher such Impairment 'endangers' the aircraft is relevant in (his case.

D) THE USE IN FLIGHT OF ANY PROCEDURE TAKEN FOR THE PURPOSE OF OVERCOMING AN EMERGENCY :

7) The use, other than for training or test purpose, of any emergency eq~ipment or prescribed emergency procedures.

Page 208: B737 Operations Manualghy

- OPERATlONS MANUAL' ' . ,

I PAGE 34-22 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRA?MME CHAPTER- 34

8) The use of any non-standard pracedure adopted by the crew to deal with an emergency.

8) The declaration of ah emergency situation. I

10) An emergency evacuation of he alrmft. .

E) FdLURE -OF AN AIRCRAFT SYSTEM OR OF ANY EQUIPMENT OF AN AIRCRAFT :

11) fir0 or explosion. . . 12) Fire or smoke warning. 131. Irbflbht englne shutdown, or slgnfficent loss of power. 14) InaUlity tir re - Ilght or re - atart a sewhaable engine; -,

15) Inability to feather or unfeather- a propeller, to shut down an engine, or to. control thrust,

16). Malfunction of the thrust reversal syslem. ,

17) Fuel system ma(functions affecting fuel supply and distribution. 18) Malfunction of h e fuel lettlsonlng system. 18). Signlftcant leakage of fuel, hydreulle ddd or oil. 2 0 ) Owmncss where ihe use of alternative systems or procedu;es has been

necessary to obtatn 'the deslred alrciaff cqnfigurallon -for any flight phase, e.Q. .flaps, undercarriage etc,

21). Total Inabllity'to achjeye the Intended aircraft configuration for any flight pheae.

22) ~ressuflation system malfunction necsqitsting a changed flight plan, or the use of amergancy or 'standby oxygen system.

23)- Build Up of Ip .on the aircraft beyond the capability . . of the ice-protection equipment. .

24) Fallure of ice-protection equipment. 25) Warning d insecbre hatches' and doors durhg flight. 26). Smoke, toxic or noxious.fumes In crew, passenger or. frelght compartments. 27) Englne surglng (sufficient to cause Loss of power. or require subsequent

remedial action).

F) @@ AIRCRA- IN FUGHT BY ITS FLIGHT CREW:

28) ~bandoned take - off. 2 9 ) Unintentional deviation from intended track or altitude, caused by a

- , procedural, systems or equlpment'defed.. -. - - - - -' . . ' 301 Unplanned diverdon, or unicheduted durn to departure aerodrome.

31) Precautionary or forced landing. 32) Discontinue approach from below decision height.

33) Unintentional contack with the ground, including touching down before ihe runway threshold. . .

34) Over-running the ends or sides of the runway or landing strip.

Page 209: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-JINUIA CIIARTERSWMITED '

OPERATIONS MANUAL . I

1 CHAPTER . ACCIDENT PREVENTION 1 FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-29. ] -

35) Serious toss of braking action, .:. 36) Loss of control from any cause, e.g; turbulence. 37) Occurrence of stall or a slick or a stick push, other than for training of test

purpose. ,.-- '38) Opw#on, whether genuine or spurious,. of the stale warning (stick shake)

6ptm, other than-for Whing of $st *os&' 39) S8f fnf fn~, limitation of' mgvemeni' or poor o r delayed response in the

operation of any primary conlrol. 40) Malfunctionolany conlro!. 41) Revsrsion to manual control of powered primary controls, other than lor

training or test purposes. 42) Inadvedent incorrect operation of primary or ancillary controls. . .

. . a Failure of inadequacv of :

43) Aids to navigation. 94) Communication services. 45) Prescribed laid down procedures. 46) ' .Meteorological reporting and hrecasting service. 47) Aerodrome lighting systems. 48) Facilities and proedures forming pad of the AIS system.

from : The marking of obstructions or hazards on the manoeuvring area. Facilities and procedures forming pad of the AIS system. Receipt of incorrect or inadequate information from a ground source (AIS, Mct~ardogical broadcast etc. 1. Tire incorrect transmission, receipt or inlerpreta tion of a radio lelephone message ( air-to-ground or ground-to-air ). Provision of an incorrect akimeter setting.

.

Misidentification of aircraft in the use of radar. The setting of an Incorred SSR code. Flight at a level, or on a route, different from that allocated. The separation between aircraft was less than that prescribed for the situati~n. Less than the prescribed lerrainclea~ance was provided.-

c Occurrences associated wilh the aerodrome environment :

59) ' Runway ubsIrucied by foreign obj ecis. 60) Major failures or runway guard-bar lighting. 61) Major failure or deteriorotion of surfaces in aerodrome manoeuvring areas 62) Significant fuel spillage on !he apron. 63) All undershoots I overshoots or aircraft leaving the runway paved areas. t

Page 210: B737 Operations Manualghy

. , . ' O P B ] R A ~ O N S : ~ A J , - , . .

1 PAGE 34-24 A C C I D E ~ . P R ~ ~ E ~ R I O N . ~ F L ~ ~ W I ~AFETY PROGRAMME CHAPTER- 34 I 64) Collldon' between moving aircraft" and uehldes or any other ground

. . equlpment. '

65) Apron jet blad ineldent. % .

I .

H) W1R

- FUEL . 4 .

-. . 66): DiMculty in conlrolllng Intoxicated, vlolent or armed passengers. 63: lncqrrect fue! loadlng. 68) The loading ,of unsuitable, or rwrntamlnated fuel. '

09% The ceflage olhirrardous or [email protected]' 701% me Incowect pacbglng of cargo. - A

71)- The incotrect 'stofage d cargo. '- . 72) * Incomctlpsewred cargo. -

73) Incorrect passewer loadlng. .--' 1) AN OCCURRENCE ENDANGERING THE S A F m OF AN AIRCRAFT, ITS

OCCUPANTS OR ANY OTHER PERSON :

74) Any Incident adsing from incorrect .or misleading Infomallon on maps and charts.

75) Use of incorrect oil, hydraulic fluid or other essential fiulda.

34-24.2 BIRTHIDEATH ON BOARD . .

If any birth or death occurs on board @e aircraft, the Commander shall make a Special Report wlth detalls of - Name of passenger ; Naltonallty ; Age ( approximate ) ; Oate 8 Time of birth I death ; Cause of dwth I known ; Assistance given on board, etc,

34-2.4.3 THIRD' PARPI LIABlLlTIES ,

Incidents 8seh as damage lo other alrcraff, . ground aquip~Tilrairporl light. %ltings. etc. or injury to persons on ground which might give rise to third party liabilities, must be reported by the Commander in Speclal Report.

34-2.4.4 HAZARDOUS FLIGHT CONDIT1ONS

It is Alr India poticy that crew report all hazardous flight condifions to the appropriate ATC without delay.

Page 211: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDM CIIAZZTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL . . . .,. - . . - . ..-

:: :.: . . . . . .I , . . . I CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLtGHT SAFEW PROGRAMME PAGE 34-25 1

i 34-2.5 AIR TRAFFlC I~CIDENTS

s -

. 34-2.6.1 ICAO RULE - .. - . . . - 4,.

Rules of the Air and Air ?;affic Procedures ol ICAO,-require reporting of Air Traffic Incidents on radio as and when it occurs in flibl~l and bymiwritten report on lermination of the flight

34-2.6.2 DEFINITION . .

Air TraHic incident" means a serious occurrence involvikg air (raff i~, such as (a) Near - collision ( airmiss ) (b) Serious dificulty caused by :

. .' {i) faulty procedures or lack of compliance with-applicable procedures, or (ii) failure of ground facilities.

In addition, any TCASlACAS advisory(TNRA) if generated should also be reporled.

An inlllal report is to be made by radio which shall contain the following information

type of incident,. e.g. near collision, procedural or facility. Radio call-sign of aircraft making 'reporl. Position, heading or route, Irue airspeed. flight level; altitude or height and aircraft altitude. IMC or VMC. time of incident in UTC. descriptio? of olher aircrafi, if relevant. brief details 01 incident, including when appropriate sighting, distance and miss distance.

An Air Traffic Incident Report Form as per Appendix shall be filed with the ATC Unit after arrival to confirm a radio report ; a copy will be sen! to General Manager-Ops., concerned to bc forwarded lo Ihe Director-Operations.

34-2.5-3 BIRD STRIKE INCIOENTS , -_ _ . _._-. 4-

The Diredor General 01 Civil Aviation, India requires that in the event of an aircraft encountering a bird strike.

a) a bird slrike lncidenl Report Proforma is filled by the crew, and b) Crew reporls.the bird strike incidenl to l t ~ e ATC unit I~andlir~g the flight at that

time The above procedme sl~ould be followed in all suspected bird strikes also.

34-2.5.3.1 Furlher, ill Ihc cvcrll ol air aircrafl encour~teriny a bird strike, a Bird Strike ncident Report Form is required to be filled in by the Commander as prescribed.

Page 212: B737 Operations Manualghy

I PAGE 34-26 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFEW P'ROGRAMME CHAPTER- 34 I Commanders shall therefore submit this Report to the General Manager-Dps., concerned in case of a bird strike occurring when flying anywhere in our network.

As and when.a bird strike is reported over Indian airspace, copies of these reports will be forwarded tq !he following : .

a) Dlrictor of Alr Safety, DGCA b) Airport Director, ~l l~ff icer-in-charge of the airfield. .

Flight crew should be 'alert to the possibility of encountering. birds particularly during take-off and approach to landing and avold the possibility of collision wiill birds by altering course, if possible. Landing lights are required to be put ON during apprcsuh to scare away.the birds. .Take-off can be delayed if there is bird hazard on llle rurlway until dispersal ac t i~n is taken:

34-2.5.4 PROFORMA . :

. . 34-2.5.4.1 FOR AIR TRAFFIC INCIDENT

AIR MISS REPORT (For use by Pilots reporting close proximity of another aircrafl in flight and by Air TraFfic Control Omcers receiving such reports by telephone)

SECTION I .

SECTION A (A L) Relevant to reporting pilot and alrcraft only Types of messages . - -

A Name of Pilot

I Text of Message for transmission

Airline Operator

Identification markings Of aircraft -

Radio Call sign . I F I

8

C

D

Aircraft type

where appropriate Air mlss repod

E

Aerodrome of Destinalion

Date and Time of Incident

H

Estimated time and position of incident and Hzading

I I Al!itude and allimeter selling

I

-...A .--..-...I-.----. ----- Type of FIiaht Plan r ---_ _- I d - .

Page 213: B737 Operations Manualghy

'AIR-INDM CHARTERS LIMTTED OPERATIONS MANUAL

Z I ... ,,,.*I . . . 1 CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION 8 FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-27 1 .. . I . .

SECTION I1

Date :

Time : of completion Signature of Pilot making Report of form

M

_ -- . . - -.

SECTION II (N - Q) DETAILS OF INCIDEHT

Flight weather conditions at time of . incident (give- furlher information a1 item P if necessary)

~escripti0.n of other aircraft (type mark- Ings, coIourlng, lighting and other avail- able details)

Descn'ption of incident (give full informa- tion including details of respective flight

and estimated vertical ar~d.tiori- iqntal distance'bebn aircraft.

Wlrellrer incident reported by radio, tele- phone or teleprinted and to which ATC u~i t .

N

0

P.

Q

Page 214: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHABTERS LIMITED ' ' .

OPERATIONS MANUAL PAGE 34-28 . ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME CHAPTER-34 I

'

34-2.5.4.2 FOR BIRD STRIKE '

Send to :- The Direor General of Givll Avialion, Safda dung Airport, New Delhi (Attention : Director of Air Safety)

..... ..................... ......... ,Operator... .: :. . . Effect on Flight . 01102

........................... Aircraft makelmodel none-32 03104 Englne rnakelmodel ........................... aborted takc-of(-33 05/06

......................... Aircraft Registration.. precautionary landing--34 07

............ ......... Date day month ...... year engines shut down-35 08 Local Time ...................................... other ( s p e c i l y ) 3 6 09 . .'

......... dawn a day b dusk c night d ........... sky condition 37 10 Aerodrome Name .............................. no cloud-a I111 2 Runway - used .................................. some cloud-b 13

. Location if eproute ............................ o v e r c a s t c 14 '

Height AGL ................................. .ft precipitation 15 Speed (IAS) ........................ ..........kt f o g 3 8 IS

................................ Phase of flight 17

parked - enroule - snow-40 a e

taxi - descent - Bird ....................................... b f species.,

41 take-off run - approach - number of birds

C b - g climb - landing , - seen 4 2 struck 43

d roll h ,, - _ .., . -- Part(~) of Aircraft I a a

struck . damaged 2-10 b b r adome 18 - 11- c c

100 windshield 19 ' r n ~ r e d d

nose(excluding 20 - Size of above bird .......................................... 44

engine no. 1 2 1 small 5

2 - 22 - medii~rn m 3 23 large I -

Page 215: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . OPERATIONS MANUAL

... . . . [CHAPTER .34---- ACCtDErJr P R € V E N ~ -----.- ION I FUGhT SAFETY - PROGRAMME, -+-, PAGE 34-29 1

, j 4 24 - Pilot warned of i . ........................ . . birds.. .;. 45 Propeller - I 25 - Y e s J "0-

n windrotor . - 26 - fuselags Remarks(describe damage, injuries and

.. : 27 . ' . :. l ... .,..{

:!.yJ other <.:A ..... *. . ...................... landing gear 28 -- perfinent information)

46.47 - '.

' tall - 29, .1. ..; ...................... ., ...................... - ...........

Lights 30 .......... .-.. ......... .......y .................... - - _. -

. ........,.' L 7 '

Other . 31 .......... .: ....................................... - .......... (specifi)

- 2 -

Reported Bombay 'Natural History Society, by. ....................................................... YES 'Seen bird remains to Hornbill House

NO (Optional) , Shahid Bhagat Singh Road, "

Bombay - 400 023.

NOTE : 1 The Pilots should' indicate if deparlure was delayed, flight cancelled or flight plan

changed in the remaining column. 2. Injuries to crew member should also be reported in the remarks column. 3. financia! losses incurred by .operator duelo bird hits to 'aircraft should be reported lo

the OGCA as soon .as possible preferably within 8 weeks of occurrence of the incident.

34-2.6 . BOMB THREATS

The following procedure will be applicable for dealing with instances of bomb threalsr

34-2.6.1 CLASSIFICATION OF BOMB THREATS

34-2.6.1.1 Bomb threats are classified into (a) specific threats and (b) non-specific threats. The specific threats are those where the airline is identified, specific flight number or aircraft is mentioned, date and titne.is-stated;-o-r?gin andlor destination of flighl is given. etc and non-specific threats are those where the airline or flighuaircraft or date Hime or other informalion which can be directly related to a particular flight I aircrafl are not indicated.

34-2.6.1.2 Ail specific bomb thieals will be trealed as genuine and the procedures prescribed Selbw for dealing with such (hreats shculd be followed. Non-speciiic Ihreats should be carefully evalualed and the bomb threal inspection praeedc~res lollov~ed v~llel l considered necessary.

Page 216: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDhl CHARTERS LIMYTEU OPERATIONS MANUAL

/PAGE 34-30 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLKHT SAFFTY PROGRAMME' CHAPTER- 34 1

I ' 34-2.6.2 O I S S E M I N I

The person re&Iviiwtg the bomb threat will handle the inlormation discreetly and . - inform his superior immediately. Further action will be taken as under:

At Bombay :.:q . .. C.. l ..- , ._-,-. The message should be conveyed to Operations ~ l i g b t ' ~espatch (Movement

MGadrOpef4tjan'$J ,. . -.~r.;er @&tjr. .

.tat thefr ri$id;eri&) ...

a At Outstations

The person receiviFig Bomb Threat information should convey the same to the bca1,Manager or his Deputy who will in turn advise the following Departments as necessary for Cudher action:

* Operations Flight Despatch / Commander of the flight. . .

Maintenance.Manager, Enginekring * Air - India. Security. a Airport authorities I Control Tower I Airport Security.

For more datails please refer Ghapler 18.5 of Operations Manual Part-I, Val-2.

The following areas havebeen identified a; least risk bomb location in aircraft -

Alrcraft Model

8737-800

Least Risk Bomb Location ( L R B t ) Centered on the locked Rig111 AFT entry door

Source of lnformatlon

Associate Administrator for Civil Aviation Security, F M ACS-1, Washington OC, USA 1

Page 217: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA C ~ T E R S L M E D OPERATIONS MANUAL

i : - A ... 1::: J - 1 CHAPTER -34 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-31 1 ,,. . . .C.. ... ..I.:.; . . . .-,. ... .....

It is expected that in the unlikely event of any detonation, the resultant .darnage to the aircraft would be least in these areas. It is suggested, object may be shifted to these areas and foljow the procedure as details on pages 18-7 and 18-1 I of this Manual. .

34-2.6.4 AEROPLANE SEARCH PROCEDURE CHECKLIST

An operator shall ensure that there is on board a checklist qf the procedures to be followed in searching for a bomb in case of suspected sabotage and for inspecting aeroplanes for concealed weapons, explosives or other dangeroc~s devices whcn a wcll founded suspicion exists that the aeroplane may be the object o'f an unlawful interference. The checklist shall be supported by guidance on the appropriate course of action to be taken should a bomb or suspicious object be found and information on the LRBL to the aeroplane

34-3 - ' LIST OF NOTIFIABLE INCIDENTS

There have been instances, when Flight Crew have not raised Operational Incident Reports (OIR) on notifiable incidents in time. . We reproduce the list of notifiable incidents and the procedure thereof, as mentioned in circulars No. OM(CD)1519- 501 1685 of 05.1 2.1 994 and DAS123-7105 dated 1 0.06.1 998. The Pilot-inxommand and Air lndia Charters Ltd. (Air lndia Express) are requlred to notlfy all incidents in prescribed proforma, within 48 hrs. of their occurrence to the office of DGCA All Flight Crew are required to comply with above and forward OIR to S.No. 2, 3, 4 and S.N. 9 within 24 hrs. of its .occurrence by fax,' with the assistance of Air Port Managers. During weekends I holidays Flight Despatch, Murnbai will.ensure its further transmission to these officersloffices. Flight Despatch Delhi I Trivandrum J Madras also will ensure that Regional DirectorJControlter of Air Safety, DGCA and senior executives (any one of S.No. 1 to 4) of Department of Air Safety (AIL) have been informed on telephones and I or by fax.

SI. No 1.

2. 3.

AIR-INDIACHARTERS LIMITED

Capt PP Singh

Capt Rajeev'Bajpai Capt A. K. Sharma

CODE

91 22 -

91 22 91 22

5.

6.

7.

8.

91 22 91 22

91 22

+ (9 1 1 1)

+ (91 1 1)

Capt. Deepak Anand

Capt. M.K. Hathi

Director of Air Safely HQs (DEL) Regl-Director of A.S. (DEL)

OFFICE

26263492

26263587 26263355

2626301 2 26263337 261 57030 26263256 261 57040 24620272

2461 5070

FAX NO.

261 57430

261 57430 261 57027

RES. NO.

9867792206

9820346247 9820340776

5691 6225 261 57430 261 57059

261 57027

2462922 1

24633140

98681 23844 56058747

26201 14 1

24698438-

26448820

Page 218: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS L I M E D .. , . , . , ::. .. . .. OPERATIONS MANUAL .h.. :...: : I PAGE 34-32 ACCIDENT PREVENTION & FLlGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME ' CHAPTER-34 1 :-.

... . ., ' . , .. .-

'

Whenever an 01R is raised, a notation should be made in Pilot's Special Report (PSR) . . - .. . .. .... for its speedy administrative disposal. It is needless to repeat that AME attending the

. .,, . . arrival may be advised to remove CVR and DFDU for investigation and this fact should

. .. .< .. .,. . . .. :p:. -. ..

be reflected in PSR. In case of any dqubt, crew must repart the occurrence to avoid .. ,. , . , possible non-compliance of Aircraft Rules, 1937.

- .

Appendix- to this circular is a reproduction of Air Safety Circular no. 5182 by the ofice of .

Director General of Civil Aviation on incident -n'otification. It, also Includes list of all occurrenws required to be reported and which are likely to endanger the safety of aircraft operatlons.

Sf. No 9.

10.

1 1.

12.

i NOTIFICATION OF INCIDENTS I .

An incident, .defined as an, occurrence other than an accident, which affects the safety - ,

of aircraff operations, is a prelude to an accident. A thorough and. objective - Investigation of aircraft incidents will, reveal defieiencles , in operational techniques, . aircraft design, manufacture, maintenance and human performance etc. which. in turn

.should lead to the formulation of appropriate corrective actions to obviate their recurrence.

The accident prevention programme is . a continuous search for detection and @irnination of all such factors, which are hazard to safety of aircraft operation. One of the.best and most effe& methods for accident ,pre,vention, is proper and systematic investigation of incident.

AIR-INDIACHARTERS LIMITED

Regl.Director of A.S.

Keeping the above stated objective. in view,, Aircraft ~ u l e s were amended by incorporating Rule 77B, 77C and 77D vide AIC No.10 of 1980 dated 7h J U I ~ 1980. Wlth the,,-promulgation of these .Rules, It Is incumbent .on the part of "pilot-In- command, the owner, the operator and the'hlref of any of such aircraft to notify the incident to Director General of Civil.Aviation within 48 hrs, of its occurrence.

FAX NO.

261 57007

. The experience has, however, revealed .that, at times,. the incidents have not been -. - .--, -- ... .,, m t i f ~ d - by. a n y m e of the involvedhagencies.-.-An.unreported -incident which occurred in --- -- --- -. - +-. ---

the recent past pertains to a scheduled flight which landed at an aerodrome under %eather conditions below the prescribed minima'. The pilot-in-command of the aircraft made numerous attempts to land under adverse weather conditions even though Duty

. .. .. Air Traffic Control Officer had advised him to divert to other airfield. The pilot, &;::;j -..- -1 .... .% J

:.,:: ' ::.+ , ..

. - RES.NO.

28365075 (BOM) Regl.Controller of A.S. (C~tJll) Regl.Controller of A.S. -1MAA) Reg!.Controller (HY D)

CODE

+ (9122)

OFFICE.

26157007

,+(9133)

+ (9144)

:25118374 25118374

22345538 22345538

27845246 27845246 - --

Page 219: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMITED OPERATIONS MANUAL

I CHAPTER -34 . ACCIDENT PREVENTION 8 FLIGHT SAFETY PROGRAMME PAGE 34-33 1 ... . .'.; ,

. ,

. however, persisted in his attempts to land at the airport and ultimately landed. This incident could have resulted into a catastrophe. It is perhaps ironical to state that such

critical situation was brought to the notice of the Director General of Civil Aviation by a passenger after a few days of the occurrence.

There have been numerous enquiries about t he "exact qualification" of an occurrence to metit its reporting as an incident. It is true that definition of an incident is not specific, but it is important to bear in mind that occurrence becomes reportable "if it endangers or if not corrected would endanger the aircraft, its occupants or any other person". This criterion is to be used at all occasions.

The occurrences listed below, which are likely to endanger the safety of aircraft operations would come under the category of incidents and shall be reported to the -Director General of Civil Aviation (Attention Director of Air Safety) as-well as to the concerned Regional Controller of Air Safety'stationed at Delhi, Bombay, Hyderabad and Calcutta Airports depending upon the location of occurrence. These occurrences shall be reported'by the Pilots, Engineers, Air Traffic Controllers, Operators and Civil Aviation Officials, as soon as they know or have reasons to'believe that occurrence has taken place. The information related to the incidents' should be passed to all concerned by the fastest means possible, e.g. telephone, telex etc. etc.

The use of FDWCVR data will be made where it is necessary for the proper investigation of .'more significant occurrences'. The type of occurrences for which flight recorders could ,be most useful are those in which deviation from normal flight path or normal flight parameters have taken place. Modem aircraft use more comprehensive recorders, which are capable of, providing additional va~uable data on wider range of occurrences and judicious use of the same by the investigator will enable him to determine the circumstances and precise cause of the incidents.

The bird strike incide-nt and air-misses are not listed in the appendix. These incidents will continue to be reported in the existing forms and procedures.

.1 .TheDirector General of Civil Aviation would appreciate co-operation of all concerned in notification of enclosed listed incidents.

Page 220: B737 Operations Manualghy

A . I ~ - ~ L A CEMRTEXS LLMIED . ' Of ERATIONS MANUAL . , .

I PAGE'34-34 ACCIDENT PRW€NTION & FLIGHT SAFErY PROGRAMME CHAPTER-34 I

INTENTIONALY LEFT BLANK

Page 221: B737 Operations Manualghy

I AIR-WLA CHARTERS LIMITED

35.1.1 JIEFIN~ION . . .. The Dangerous Gods (DG) are adides or substances which are capable o l posing a significanl risk to health, safety or lo properly when transpoded by air.

Dangerous goods may be divided Into three categories

1. Those Mvflicl~ are ACCEPTAOLE for Air transporlation, provided all the provisions of the lATA ~eguldions are complied with.

2. Those which are FORBlOOEN for Air-transpodation. 3. Those which are EXPECTED from the provisions nf the instructions.

Dangerous goods are classified into nine classes reflecting the type of risk involved. but Ihe order In which they are listed does not irnply a relative degree of danger.

Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6 Class 7 '

Class 8 Class 9

Explosives Gases Flammable Liquids Flammable Solids Oxidsing substances & Organic peroxides

. Toxic (Poisorcous) 8 Infectious subslafices .' Radioactive materials

Carrosjves Misc. D.G's; like magnetized materials, acelaldeh yde anrmonia, expandable polystyrene beads and lhe'others which are nol covered it1

abave classes.

O ~ I ~ ~ Z ~ C U S goods are identified by proper shipping nanres & UN nun~bers, . . -. - .. .

Danqzrous G m d s Lisl: This list in lable form contains a list of the DG mosl con~n~only offered for transport by air.lt contains information rela!ing to the classi~icalior~, Labeliing, packing, l l ~ e permitted qlranlity lin~ilalions per package on boll1 passenger and carga aircraf.

PACKING

The packaging rnalerial must I>c 01 good qual~ly a;id the packaging well conslructcd All encinsures nlrlst 112 S ~ C U I O er~ougl~ 10 ensi!rT: l l ial no leakage will he caused t jy vihatizl) 01 I l y sli i l~lgcs i r l I ~ I I ~ ~ J C I alu~c. Iiuri~id~ty,!)~ 1 ) ~ cssurc

- ., - ., .- - . . <,\ I ! , ~~!:.-I .;

Page 222: B737 Operations Manualghy

. OPEEWTIONS MANUAL I PAGE35-2 DANGEROUS GOODS . - CHAPTER 35 1

. .

A package must be marked with proper .Shipping Name and UN .number, In case of Overpack Inner marking must be clearly visible. Proper marking shotrld be there for packages containing Explosives, Radioactive MateriaIs, Refrigerated Liquilied gas.

. . Carbon Dioxide Sotid (Dry Ice). Carw Abcrafl Only Label : Packages an wiicll this label appears must not c loaded . .

' on passenger ,aircraft. , . ,

Packases Orientation Label: Packages bearing this, label must always be handled & Stpwed In the upright position as Indicated by the snbw HANDLING 35.1.7

Unit load devices must be inspecled and found free from any evidence of leakage from or damage to any DG cdntaio therein.

Packages o l Dangerous Goods niust be sscured to prevent movement iri fligli(. Darlgarous Goods nlusl be carried in at3 Aircraft Callin occi~picd by (Ias:ir:ngcrs of' or1 l l ~ c I-lrylll Deck of an Aircrart, expccl'as permitted for excepled DG and for excepted Radioactive material. DG may be carried in a Main- Deck Cargo Cornpartmen1 of a Passenger Alrcrafl provided that the Cornpadment meets all the certification requiremenls for' a Class 0 cargo compartment. A class 8 -Compartment must be accessible lo the crew members , il must have a smoke' or fire detection system to give warning on the flight deck and rnusl be. fitled with fire resislant liners.

. . Packages bearing ' ~ a ~ n e l i r e d ' Malerial Labels" rnusl not :be loaded in such a position I \

thal they v;ill have a significant eflecL on thc reading rnagnelic compasses or on Ihc . i -- master conlpass delector units.

Not more lhan one sell-inflating life-raft or a ircrafl survival kit or aircra it evacua(i0n slide 111ay be loaded in any in accessible cargo hold.

I i Packages bearing the package orientalion 'This Way Up" must be stowed accordingly.

Poisonous or infectious substances must not be stored in the same hold with animals, substances marked as or known to be lood-slulfs, feeds or otl?er edible materiais. This does not apply if the Poisons and tocd-stuffs are.toaded in separale unit load devices and cullen slov~ed or1 Ihe aircra A , 'are not adjacenl lo each ,other, or if thc Poisons or infectious substa~rces are loaded in one closed crnil load devices and lhc Ii~n&-sl~rff :rrc I ~ s d c r l 111 3i1clIlic1 closed urlil load dev~ce. - . - Loading and stcvv.age o[ Radioac!ive Materials is based on I l ~ e -Transporl-Index (T l j .

The 1-1 is a convenient unit lor indicalillg radialion level of a package cunlaillirlg radioaclive materials. _. * _ _. -.-.-

The carriage of Dry Ice in (he aircrah is limited lo 2001;~)s.

A lolal 01 riol rno:e Ilia11 ;OOkys. riel nrass ol expmdal~lc poIyslyrcn:? :lcz.:ls cs; granules 01 plaslic r~louldi~~g ~llateria!. may be carried in any' in-accessible Ilotrl 01 all:!' aircra f I

Page 223: B737 Operations Manualghy

BEPORTING PRoCEPURgs BY FLIGHT -CREW AS PER ICAO REOUIREMENlS.

A I R - W I A CHARTERS =ED OPERATIONS MANUAL. .'

As per provision codained in, ICAO Annex 18 - The Safe Transport of dangeroGs goods by air, the Pad-ln-Command should Inform appropriate air traffic service unit, for the inlormatIan lo the aerodrome authorities, ol any dangerous goods on board, If an Inflight emergency w r s , if the dtuatlon, permits, the..lnformation should include the pmpr shIpplng names, class, subsldia,~ risks for'whlch levels are required, the cornpalibility and keation abroad (he aircraft of the daigerous goods.

..- . * ... ... . . . .:'i ..-

If a le'ngthy message Is lmpossib(e, Identify the DG on . . board by transmitling the UN -. numbers. . ,

I CHAPTER 35 , DANGEROUS GOODS . ' PAGE 55-3 1 -.. - 4. 1

, . - . 35-2 QANCEROUS GOODS INCIDRhlTS REPORTING

An operator musl report DG asddents and incidents to the appropriate authority of Ihe - stale in which the accident or iddent has ocwrred. This information is required to minimise any hazards that might be-created due lo damage to the Dangerous Goods.

'

All ihe pilots are required to comply with the ICAO provlsions and are also advi'sed the following :

a) Follow t t ~ ? quick reference hand book (QRH) 61 the respective aircraft' in case of smokelfire.

b) Ensure ihal all crew (induding cabin crew lhrough IFS) have been informed . regarding location of dangerous goods on board as per NOTAC (Nolificalion

tq Commander).

C ) In case olemergency landingfor landing at non schedule airporl, ensure that wmpartrnenl in which dangerous goods are being carried is cordoned off and ground personnellemergency services oT the airport are informed.

35-2.3 PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO FLIGHT C E

The Pilot -In-command should be notified prior to departure, written inrormat ion coricerning Dangerous Goods .(DG). The 'Special Load Notihation To Caplain' musl be ieadily available lo the commandel- during fligtit, this gives-information which is very useful in case of'an In-flight emergency. ihis gives l l ~ e correct name & the UN number. the ch-araderistics B emergency response drill code of a DG, which helps to handle Ihc DG and to inform the ATC. _ __ - . - - - - - .-

When taking over an aircraft at-transit stop, the pilot-in-comr;~and mus: ensure lhat he receives the viritlen nt~lification form for those OG. which remain on board, as well as for any just loaded.

PiIot.in-Command must be aware about the localion of any wheel chairs with spillable bat ler i~s installed or of any packed spillable balleries laken froni r*rhee! chairs.

---- - - - - - - ,- . - . . - . . . . , - . - . , . - . . . .. _ . _ .. GI. 1'3.21704

Page 224: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-INDIA CHARTERS LIMZTED

In addiljon to, . and, in certain ailua'ioons, prior lo, reporting arb incident or accident 'involving hazardous ~aterials, certain actions may be necessary to prevent further . . damage or to proted pefsohs Qr property.

, . .

J n Event of Fire

. Fire produces dangerous or toxic smoke and gases.

Flighi Crew members: Immediately don oxygen masks arid smbke goggles, go on 100% oxygen (emergency mode). Crewmember asslgned to fight an inflight lire sl~all don the ?BE before entering the cabin area to light the fire. Consult the 'Noiilicatior~ to Pilot-lnbrnrnand' f6rm for basic. fire extinguishing agent informalion. If - time and clrcumstar;ccs peytl, another crewnrember shall also consuIt the 'Emergency Response Guide,boqkD (or specific Instructions regarding actidn lo be taken.

In Event br S~lllaqe, Leakase, or ~l&harqe of hazardous materials may create a dangerous situation. If fumes, gases, . or smoke are . detected, crewmembers: immediately don oxygen masks and smoke goggles, go on 100%' 02. Before inves tigaling the spillage,. crewmembers shouid consult (he 'Not ifrca t ion (0 Pilot In Command' and, time permitting, the 'Emergency Response Guidebook", to determine ,the danger lo which they may be exposed.

Sequence of Actions to be carried out: P F olow the appropriate alrcraft emergency procedures for Fire or Smoke removal.

A smoking 'ban should b.e lntrodukd when fumes or vapours are present and be mdinued-for (he rehain,der of the flight.

k Conslder landlng as soon as possible. P Consider turning Off non-essential electric power. Retain power only Lo ihose

.instnrments, syslems and corjlro(s necessary for the wnlinued safely of (11e airccafi. Do not restore power until il is posilively safe Lo do so.

P Determine the source of srnoke/iu~es/fire . Ellective fire-fighting or mntainmenl procedures can k s l be accomplished when h e srrurce of lhe iicidenl is idenlificd. For Dangerous ~ o o d s incidents in the passenger cabin, refer Cabin Crew Checklisl and co-ordinate CockpiUCabin Crew ailions.

5 Delermine emergency response drill code. Use guidance iron1 aircrafl emergency response diills char1 lo t~elp will1 incident. Nolily ATC atleast UN number of any Dangerous Gods on board for tllc

<, - . - ---- inforn~ation of aerodrome autl~orities.

After Innding dlscnrbsrk passcrigcrs iirld Crew belore opening any cargo cornpadmen t doors.

Page 225: B737 Operations Manualghy

AIR-IWLA , CHARTERS L J M T T E ~ OPEIRATIONS MANUAL - ..-

I CHAPTER35 DANGEROUS GOODS .. PAGE 35-5 1 1

.P Inform ground ~ersonneli~rner~enc~ sewices bf nature of item and where stowed. ,.,! 1.

P Make appropriate.entry In maintenance log book. . ' I -

.$ Notify Pilot-In-Command , .

P ldentifytheltem

In case of Clra: P - Use standard procedure1 check use of water

In case of splllage or leakage: P Collect surgiwl gloves( From physician i it)/ asbes'tas' gloves P Don rubber gloves & smoke hood or use lull face mask-portable oxygen . P Move passenger away form area & distribule we1 towcts or cloths P Plaee dangermrs goods Item in polyethylene bags P Stow polyethylene bags P Treat affected seat cushipnsl covers In the same manner as DG item. Cover

spillage on carpet/ floor P ' Regularly insm items slowed away1 contaminated furnishings.

After Landing Identify to ground personne t OG ilern.& where stowed . .

' Make appropriate en!ry in mainlenance lag

351 ACCEPTABLE IIANGEROUS GOODS

Alcoholic. beverages, not exceeding 70% albhol by volume. carried' by passengers or mew as carry-on or checked baggage when packed in receptacle of less than 5L '

Nonradioactive medicinal or ;oilsl~artides (including aerosols).' The total net quantity of all such articles carried by each passenger or crew member does pot exceed 2 kg or ZL and the net quantity of each single article does nu[ exceed 0.5 kg or 0.5 L The term 'medial or toilet arlides' is intended to include such items as hair spray, perfumes, colognes and medicines containing alcol~ols. Small carbon dioxide gas cyt/nders worn for theoperation of mechanical limbs. Also spare cyliriders of a similar size i[-reqtured b n s u r e an adequale supply lor the duration of the journey. Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice ) in quantilies not exceeding 2 kg -per passenger when used to pack perishables no1 subjecl :o these Regulations in carry-on baggage, or wik Ih'e approval of Ihe bperalor in checked baggage, provided the package perniits the release of carbon dioxide gas. . Safety matches or a lighter inlended for use by an individual when carried on ones's person.

However. lighters conlaining unabsorbed liquid fuel (other Ihan liquef~cd gas), lighter fuel and lighter refills are nal permilted on one'i person nor in checkkd or c ~ y - o n baggagc.

Page 226: B737 Operations Manualghy

. , ,,.. , ... ..::..1 -- . . .

- OPERATIONS wtAmAL . , - - -

I...:: .. . , , ' ,I PAGE)5;6 : :DANOEUOUSOWDS . . ",..:. . . . . . CHAPTER 35 , .

Radiolsotoplc erdlac pamakers o r other devices, lnduding those powered by lilhlum batteries, Impjanted Into a person, or radio-pharmaceuticals contained.

. . within the body of 8 person as the result of medical beatment. Hair curlers -- I 'contalnlng hydrbrbon gas, no more than'one pernpassenger or crew m a b e * '

- '! - provided that lha safety-war Is seelirety fitted over the heating element. These :<... -,.\-.

halr curlers must not be used on board fie air~raff at any time. Gas refills for <::<:I - . . . a

such c.u,de~ are-not pemktd In checked or drry-gn baggage. - g ) .W.@ :\he Bppvaj of, tha operator(s), . small . gaseous .owgen ar air cylinders

. - rer&lied'fd.r rnedikl, use'. . .

h) WiUI the apprcv'al of the operalor(s), as Ckdted .baggage only, securely boxed. darlrldges for sptlng purposes, h qt~anllUes not exceeding 5 kg gmss weigh!

. , :..,.l

per passenger IQ~ personal uae, exdudlng srnmuriltiog 4 t h eqlpshre or. +,:.; j . -. .

:+.-:I 1 ....

lnoendla j projectiles. Allowances for more than one passenger must not be .. . mblned Into oiie or more packages. .

. .. .... . . . > . I ... a i) With the epkoyal or the 'operator wheel chalrs with, non-spillable balteries, as

i.'. .'. :.::;. checked baggage, provided that Ihe battery Is disconnected, the battery krminals

are lnauleted k'prevent aceldenlal shod circuits. mdd the battery is secured attached to the $belchair or mobllity devla.

Note: Refer atlachsd Annexes

1 55-5 GENERA L CONS~-D ERATI~N The following are consideratipns which may need lo be taken into account in assessing an appropiate of action to take in the event of an incident involving dangerous goods.' These .considerations apply whether the aircrafi involved is carrying passengers, cargo i r both. '

i I . Coorideralion should always be given to landing is soon as possib!e. If the

situation permits, !he relevant air traffic services should be informed of the dangerous.goods on hoard.

2. The appropriate fire or smoke removal emergency pr~gdure approved lor the aircrafl type should always be carried out. Flight crew oxygen mask and

:;:::I regulators must k .on and selecled to the 100 per cent oxygen position to preven!

..... .a ,... .:.:.,! -.,-... tha inhalation of smoke' of lumes. Using Ihe appropriate smoke removal

.... .- ->.,

. . 1 emergency promdures shduld reduce the concentration of any contamination afid

: , .'i - :.:.: -... . help lo avoid fear&lation of wntaminated air. Air-conditioning systems shourd

:..: ., :;;-I ..

be operated al'maximum capacity and all cabin air vented overboard (no recirculation of air) in arder lo reduce the cmncentration o l any contamination in the air and to avoid recirculalion of contaminated air. !

3. Reducing altitude will reduce Ihe rale of vaporbation of liquid and may reduce Ihe rale of leskage, bul it may increase the rate of burning. Conversely, increasing

. - . >>>-' altilude may reduce Ihe rate of burning but m y b ~ ~ ~ t h e rate of vaporisalion

:.>y/ . ._.I

,+.::,> Or leaking. If there is structuraI damage or'the risk of an explosion, considera!ion ,::>id ,.... should be give! to keeping the differential pressure as low as possibIe.

4. The rate. of ventilalion should not be reduced in an attempl lo extinguish a hre, as tnis will have an incapacitaling effect on the passengers. without signilicantly afecling t he fire. Passengers are likely lo suffocate through lack of Oxygen before a fire is exlinguished. Passenger suriival chance,^ are greatly enhanced by ensuring maximum cabin venlilation.

Page 227: B737 Operations Manualghy

i AIR-INDU C . T ~ L I M ~ E D

i r j :c:.

OPERATIONS MANUAL,' [ CHAPTER 35 DANGEROUS GOODS q . , . PAGE 35-7 1

5. Gas-tight breathing e'quipmeni should always b e worn when attending an incident lnvolvlng fire or fumes. The use of therapeutic;' masks with portable oxygen bottles or the passenger drdwut oKygen system ,to assist passengers in a smoke-or fume-fillad cabln shouid , not be considered. Since considsrable quantities of fumes or smoke would, be Inhaled through Ihe valves or holes in the masks. A more effective aid 'to,. passengeis in a . smoke- or fume-filled environment would be [he. use of wet towet or doth held over the mouth and nose. A wet towel or doth aids in filtering Is more effective at doing this than a dry towel or cloth. Cabin crew should take prompt action: If smoke or fumes develop and move passengers away from Ihe are: involved and, if necessary, provide wet towels or cloths and give Inslruclions to brealhe through hem.

6. In general, water should not be used on z spillagk or when fumes are present, since it may spread Ihe spillage or increase the rate of fuming. Consideration should alsb. be given to the possible presence of eleclrical components when using water exlingu1shers;'b;ul see 10)

-7. Besides the mandatory emergency equipment that'is carried on an, aircrafi and the emergency response kit provided by soma operators, ,many other i:ems tan bc lou:~d tllal can be pul to good use. These include :

w bar or catering b x e s H over gloveslfire resistant gloves r polye!hytene bags . I

H blankets - r lowels

8. Hands should always be prolecled before touching suspicious packages or boltles. Fire-resislanl gloves or oven gloves covered by polyethylene bags are likely to give suitable protection.

9. Care should always be taken when mopping up any spillagc or leakage lo cnsurc llrere will be no reaclion between what is lo be used (or mopping up and :he dangerous goods. If it appears lilere could be a reaction. mopping up should not be attempted but the spillage shouId be covered with polyethylene bags. If polyelhylene bags are not available, care should be taken lo ensure ihere will be no reaclion between whatever is used to conlain the item and the item ilself.

10. If a fire has been dealt with successfully and it is obvious Ihat .inner packagings , are intacl, consideralion should be given lo using water lo coll Ihe packages and thus avoid the possibility of re-ignilion, bul see 6)

11 A smoking ban should be inlroduccd when-lurnesdr vapours are presenl. 12. In any incident in which rescue and tire-fighling (RFF) personnel corne to the

aircraft, either when dangerous goods are'the cause of Ihe incidenl or when dangerous goods are being carried on Ihe aircraft and are not direc:ly invofved in the incident, a procedure should be eslablistied l o ensure that the Pilol-in- Command 's dangerous goods noliricalion form is immedia:ely made available lo .

Ihe RFF services. Such a procedure mighl require [he firsl flight crew member lo ~ L . ~ V C the aircraft in I l ~ e evenl of an emergency evacuation la detivcr 1 t - i ~ Pilot-in - Comnland's noliticalion lo the senior metuber of the RFF personnel.

Page 228: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . . . . ... .:.:>

.<., . .-. . OPEEYGTIONS MANUAL r -r, I . PAGE 35 - 8 .- DANGEROUS GOODS --? - ., CHAPTER 35, 1 , .-5.

, . :! :- -)

- I

I .. j

i 1 3. 11 an accident involves, a-chemical subslance which can be identified (by the UN

proper 'shipping name or number, or by any other means), i t may be possible, in . , some circumslances, to obtaln helpful information from the various national

chemlcal data 'banks. These data banks normally m'aInlaln 24-hour lctcphonc 1 ,aoceksIbllity and so can- bo reach0d.b~ a phone, patch procedure. Example of

d( such data banks are : Fq ~n l ted States .' CHEMTREC !

'wilhln' Unltes States call 800424-8300 oulslde UnRd Stales call 202 483 7616

. . Canada - CANUTEC

... :;.:,:I -. . ~all6139966666 ' - - .

. -. ::::A . - - ;! ..., 35-6 _. . , P w G u ROU $GOODSCAl31N - -. ,..,I

Apart ,from the. exciptions. listed in Pad- 9 of lhe Technical Instructions, dangerous goods are not permmed in the passenger cabin. Nevertheless, dangerous goods may be carried into the cabin by passengers who are unaware of or deliberately ignore, the requirements of the Technial lnslnrdions concerning passangers and their baggage, It Is also possible that en Item to which a passenger Is legitimately entitEd ;e.g. an item far medical puiposes) may cause an Incident.

. ,

Note : Cabin crew checklist for dangergus .goods incidenls in the passenger cabin during flight.

35-7 ~ANGEROUS ;GOODS 1 THE m~eru;r,oorr CARGO

Dangerous goods may. be carried as cargo in Ihe underfloor cargo compariments, Spillage or leakages are unlikely to be detected during' flight unless they cause noticeable lumes in the passenger cabin. or on the flight deck. In the event of leakage, the air hi the .passenger cabin and on the flight deck may have become - . ' . - "1 flammable, irritating or loxic. Non-essen~iaI electgcs should be turned off and smoking

.,. - ,%,:I r,..: 1 should be prohibited. 'Also, Ihe crew should use full face masks; (100 percent oxygen)

.. . . , .... :'. ::i ..., . .. , . . or smoke hoods. Werever possible, the passengers should be provided wilh wet ..-.. . towels or clolhs for use over the nose and mouth.

Smoke or fire: in an underfloor cargo compartment may not have origicsled from any dangerous goods loaded in that comparlrnent. Such goods, however, may bs af[ecled by any fire. Standard aircsaft emergency proceduresshould -afmys be lolloded to d ~ a I with the smoke or fire. '

In some aircraH there is access from inside the aircrall l o underlloor Class 0 cargo compartqenls. In gemral, even if access is possible, an entry should no! be made since this will allow.air:'to enler the compartment, which may cause a worsening of the situalion. .

Page 229: B737 Operations Manualghy

, . OPERATIONS MANUAL -' 1 CHAPTER 35 DANGEROUS G 0 0 0 S *-., . . ' PAGE 3 5 8 1

If an hadent ha.s a&en h an underlloor cargo compartment, Re passengers and crew should be evacuated from the aircraft before any attempt Is made to open the cargo wmpar~rnent'doow. The cargo compadment doors should . . be ope emergency wdces :in aHendanm. . PLIGHT CREW CHECKLISTFOR DANGEROUS GOODS INCIDENTS

H Follow the appropriate a m f l arnergenw procedLres for fire or smoke :removal

M No smoking sign ON 'Consider landing as soon,as possible '

-Consider tumlng OFF nonhssenllal eledrical power - ' ' . Determine source of smokeffurneslfire ' . .

or dangerous goods:Jnddents In 'the passenger cabin, see cabin crew 'checklist and mdlnate cockpiudabln crew act@ris:' Determine emergency response drill code

U Use guidance from &craft emergency response drills chart to help deal with incident

U If lime availablz, nolily ATC ol atleasl UN number of any dangerous goods being carried

Disembark passengers and crew before opening any cargo qmparlrnenl doors Inform ground penonneUernergency sewices of nature of item and where slowed

8 Make appropriate entry in maintenance log

35-9 PF+TFIED CT-LFXKJJST F O R IlANCrEROI.JS GOODS INCIDENTS I

FOLLOW THE APPROPRIATE AlRCRAFr EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR FIRE OR SMOKE REMOVAL - .

Self explanatory.

NO SMOKING ON ': rL

A smoking ban should be introduced men-fum3-o'r .vapours ale present and be dontinued'for the remainder of 'the. flighl.

CONSIDER LANDING PS SOON AS POSSlBLE

Because o l the dificuIlies and pbssibly disastrous consequences of any .dangzrous gods incident, consideralion should be given to landing as swn as possible. The decision to land at the neiresl suil~ble acrodromc should be ~nada early ra!hcr Itmn la[@, W e n an insidenl nray have deyeloped lo a very critical p~int. severely reslricling operational ilexibilily.

Page 230: B737 Operations Manualghy

. - -7

CONSIDER TURNING~FF NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL POWER ! ! !

i - As the lnddent may be caused'by elec&ical pmblems or a eleclrical systems may be .

I affeq@ by any i-t, and parlieulady as fmhting a.&vIties, etc., hay damage electric systbms: hnn 'off all rion%rientlal ele-1 Items. Retain power pnly to,those .... .' -:: < ...- ...- ... .-. .]

1 lnsttqmen6.(iys?ems and kpntpli n m s a r y formthe cpntlnued safety of the aircraft. bd ::< <- ..- .. - I . . 'not testore power &titlL Is poslUvely sere to do so.

'

. . . .

.. - < ... - .... . . .

, . . , - - USE GUIDANCE FROM AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY RESPONSE DRILLS CHART TO

, .... . . . i :;.:I .... :j

HELP :DEAL WITH INCIDENT ...

-1 I

he drill wde assigned to an item of dangerous gwds consisls of a number lrom 1 to ! ,lo, plqs.3 single letter. Referring to the charttof emergency response drills, each drill

number corresponds 'lo a line of information mcorning the risk posed by that ! substance and guidance'on ihe preferable actipn&_hjlshwIdhe taken. ,The drill letter

...... ..,. *

is' shown separately .on the drilL chart; It indicates other possible hazards of the ....., - .-. *.*. - -.. -. ...... ...... ..-. ."

substance. In some cases the .guidance. glven by Ihe drill number may be further .. -.-

1 1 4

refined by the lr~formali~n given by Ihe drill letter.

- I . DETERMINE SOURCE OFSMOK~FUMES~IRE

:r ' The sour& of any smokelfumesllire may be da(lwl1 lo 'delermlne. Effedive fire: fighting or containment procedures can best ba ammplished mn the source of the

. - . - , ... . .-. - ,

Incldenl is Identified. , . -. . .... - . . .' . ,'+- ., . - 1 . . , FOR OANGEROUS GOODS INCIDENTS' IN PASSENGER CABIN. SEE CABIN

I - - . - . . ;.:y . . . I

CREW CHECKLIST AND CO-DROINATE CQCKPIT!CA,BIV CREW ACTIONS. :'?;:I -. 8 . - . lncldents in (he .passenger cabh sh&ld be daaM with by lhecabln crew using the

appropriate deddist and procedm, It is ,essentisl that me caWn crew and the fllghl u e w madinate the$ ,actions and that Bach:k kept fully. informed of the othefs

i adions and Intentions,

I : . DETERMINE EMERGENCY RESPONSE DRILL CODE -

When ihe Item has been identified, the corresponding entry on the Pilot-in-Command's

I : dangerous goods qotirqtion form should be found. The applicable emergency response drill code may -b glven on Ihe notiliCath form, or if not given, can be found

1 . by noting the proper shipplng name or the UN number of thq nolification form and i uslng the a!phabe!iwl or riumerjml list of dangerws goods. If (he item causing Ihe ! lnddent Is not listed on ihe notlfibtlon form, an aKernpt should be made to determine

the name or the nalke. of the subslan&. The alphabetl~l list can then be used 10 determine the emergency respons0 drill code. Note : The alphabelical and numerich lists referred Id are. those in Section 4 of this

.:.:=..I -4. .. . ., document. <<- **1 ...., . . '

Page 231: B737 Operations Manualghy

..... J...:. ::. ;>;-I . . . . OP~RATIONS 'MANUAL .I 1 'CHAPTER 35 . . DANGEROUS GOODS PRGE 3 5 - f I 1

I

tF TIME AVAICABLE, NOTIFY ATC OF ATLEAST UN NUMBER OF ANY DANGEROUS GOODS BEING CARRIED

If'an ffllghl emergenq.oocufs, the Pilot-In-Cammand should hlorm the appropriate air .Mfflc Services unit, for h e infomation of aerodrome authorities, of any dangerous goods on board. If the situatlon permlts, the infomatjon should include the proper shipplng names, dass .and subsidiary risks for wfilch labels are required, he compatibility group for Class 1 and the quantity and location aboard Ihe aircraft of the dangerous good$. If a lengthy message Is Imposslbk, Identify the-dangerous goods on board by lransmltting the UN numbers (Annex 18.9.5). . , . .

AFTER LANDING . I

Even it has not been necessary to mmptete an emergency evacuation after landing. passengers and crew should disembark before any atlempt is made fo open the cargo compartment d ~ o r s and before, any further action i$ taken La dcal with a dangerous Qoods inddent. The cargo compartment doors should be opened with the emergency seryices in attendane.

INFORM GROUND PERSONNEUEMERGENCY ,.. SERVICES OF NATURE OF ITEM AND WHERE STOWED

Upon arrival,. take the necessary steps to Identify to Ihe ground staff where the item is stowed. Pass on by (he 'quickest available means all information about Ule item including, when appropriale, a copy ol the notification to Pilot-in-Comnland.

'An entry should be made in the maintenance tog thal a check needs to be carried out 10 ensure Wat any leakage of spiiage of dangerous' goods has not damaged the aircrafl structure or systems and that some airmfl equipme'nt (e.g. fire extinguishers, emeigency response kil, elc.) may need replenishing or replacing.

35-10 ~ C A ~ X N C R E W C I ~ E C K L ~ S IN TIIE PASSENGER CA5IN DUMPJG-l%WT I r

INIT lAL ACTION

Noliry Pi!ot-in-Conrmand Identify the ilem

Use standard procedurelcheck use of waiz!

Page 232: B737 Operations Manualghy

'r 1 In case of spillage or leakage :-

Collect emergency response kit or olhei useful:ltems. 8 Don rrrb~.glovgs and,smoke hood or smoke mask'' portable oxygen 8 -thove p a k g i r i M y from area .and-dlslribute wet towels or Clams U Plice dangerous goods ltem In polyethylene bags

. Stow plyethyleng baga I Treat affeded seal '~shlonslmvers 1n the same manner as dangerous goods :.

' . . ,. Item . .

- Cover splllags on.carpeVfloor . . Regularly.lnspeat itenis slowed away/antaminated furnlshlngs

AFTER LANDING -

Identify to ground persohnel dangerous goods ltem and where stawed M Make appropriate entry In maintenance log

. , NOTIFY PILOT-IN~OMMAND'

Any-incident cqncerning dangerous goods- should be notified 'immediately to Ihe Pilot- in-Cdmmand who should be kept Informed of all actions taken and of (heir effec!. It is essential that the cabin crew and (he flight crew coo:dinate lheir actions and that each be kept fully informed of the gthets actions and intentions.

I IDENTIFY THE ITEM I

Ask the passenger concerned' lo identify the item and indicate its potenlial hazards. . . f he passengermmay be able to ilve some guldance on the hazard($) invotved and how

h8se could be dealt with: If the.passenger can Identify [he item, refer to Sectian 4 for appropriate emergency response drill.

On aircrait with only one cabln crew member, consuIt with the Pilot-in-Command as to whether the aid of a passenger should be sought in dealing wilh the incident. '

IN CASE OF FIRE __ _ _ _ ---- .-

USE STANDARD PROCEOUREICHECK USE OF WATER Standard emergency procedures must be used to deal wilh ary fire. In general. water should not be used on a spillage or when fumes' are present since it may spread the spillage or Increase the rate of fuming. Consideration should be given to the possiMe presence of e!ectrical componen!~ when using water exlingi~ishers. IN CASE OF SPILLAGE OR LEAKAGE , . .

Page 233: B737 Operations Manualghy

. . '. .. . . '. . .-.. .+ .-.I--, .,-. .-.. .. -. ,. ..\ ,,, -i,: .-.-.. ;. ;. .:-..-; -; > :;;:;;>;:.: : 3 .;.'.:'*.l<+.;;.., ;: :< ,:,:,: k<-.,C.-.:.. -. -.. -... :.-"-.""'.'. '- -%'-.---.-- ---.~'..---.-.-~.--:"i:.' ' - ' . - - - . - - - . - ---.-.- n .._-.... ,. .* ............................... _...:... I... _ ..._____ __. _ _ .. . .. . . .. ...-.--.-.L ...- .- .-- -. .- -. -. .- ..,. . .,..< A. .,.. ... .L . * ..~.-.>-.-:.-.:.-.!.-.,-.-<.-.:.~,-. :>* .... -.:,-.-.,-...:.-.!. . . . .,>:,:->Y..:;-..:.:.:< .:. >* - .-- -*>- ... . .-. . . -..* ... . . . .. .,

! AIR-mu 'CHARTERS LIMITED .

..i . ..- OPERATlONS MANUAL . ' DANGEROUS GOODS . CHAPTER 35 PAGE 35-1 3 1

..,

COLLECT EMERGENCY RESPONSE KIT OR OTHER USEFUL ITEMS Collect, emergency response Wt, if provided, or collect. for use in dealing with the SpIttage or leakage. I,

..' . r a supply of wper towels dr ne&spapers.or other absorben1,paper fabric (e.g.

seat cushion covers, head rest protectors); , . ,

. .. oven gloves u lire-reslstant gloves, if available; ratleasthAl~~polyeth~newasteblnbagS;and . '

atbast three smaller polyethylene..bagr, sukh as mate used for duly-he or ,bar sales or, U none avallable, alrtdckness bags. .

DON RUBBER GLOVES. AND SMOKE - HOOD od SMOKE MASK --PORTABLE OXYGEN

The hands should a b y s be.prol&ed before touching suspicious packages or items. Fke-resistant gtoveg or oven gloves covered by p~fyethylene bags are likely to give suitable protection. - .

Gas-tight breathing equipment should always be wom when attending to an incident.. Involving smoke, fumes or fire. . ' M.OVE PASSENGERS AWAY F k o ~ AREA

, The use of lherapeulic marks tyiih padable oxygen bottles-or the passenger drop-out o%ygen system to assist passengers in a smoke or fume-filled passenger cabin should not be considered since considerable quanlities o l fumes or smoke wouId be inhaled through the valves or holes in the masks. A more ,effective aid to passengers in a smoke or fume-filled environment would be the use oCha wet towel or doth held over the mouth and nose. A wet towel or doih aids In filtering arid is more effective at doing this than a dry towel or d h . Cabin c r ~ w should iake prdinpt adion il smoke or fumes develop and move passengers away lrom the area involved and, if necessary. provide wet towels or cloths and give instmclions to breathe through them,

PLACE DANGEROUS GOODS ITEM IN POLYETHYLEME BAGS

With emergency response kit If it is absolutely certain Il~al the ilcnl wiIl not crealca protllem the decision nray be made not lo move it. In mosl circumslanc~$,'it~~li%e better to mot6 the item and this

'

should be done as suggested below. Place the item in a polyethythe bag as follows :-

prepare two bigs by rolling up the sides and placing them on the floor; place Ihe item inside the firs1 bag wilh the closure or the ilen!. or the poinl from which it is leaking lrom its container. at the lop; '

take-off the rubber gloves whilst avoiding skin contact wilh any contamination on Ihe~n; place Lhe rubtxr gloves in the second bag; dsse [he [irsl bag whilsl squeezing out l l ~ e excess air; l n ~ s l Ihe ,open end of the iirs! bag and use a bag 'lie lo l ie it sufficienlly liglll (0 be secure bul nol so tig hl thal gressure equal~sation cannot lake place;

Page 234: B737 Operations Manualghy

place the first bag (wntalning the item) in the, second bag, which already . . . contains the' q b k r gloves and secure the open end in the same mailnet as

that used forthe first bag. '

.:j , Wi?h no emetgenci.re'sponse , .... . klt. . . .? . .. . ?- :,, -. ~i=k-up the kern and &ce It in a'poyetthylene bag. €~suie the receptacle urntaining

' - the dangerous goods-ls kept uptjght or the.area of lsakage ls.at the top. Using paper towels, newspaper, etc. i n d p ~ ~ p the spillage, afier having 'asoertained there will.be no reactlon bekeen what. Is to b e used to mbp up- and the dangerous goods. Place the soiled towals, ete. ~n-anofier poIye&ylene bag. Place *e'g!oves'and bags used to

. - profed the hands elthgr In a separate small polyethylene bag ot wlth the soiIed towels. . If 61?ra bags are not-avatlable, pram the towels, gloves, etc. In the same bag as the Item. Expel excess air.,from the bags and-close tightly so as lo be secure but no so tight mat 'pressure equalialion cannot ts ka' place.

STOW POLYETHYLENE BAGS I .'

. - , . . .... .-. . . - 7 . >.,. -..;': . 0P.ERATIONS MANUm .

If there is a catering or bar box on board, empty any contents and place the box on the floor, with the door upward; Place the bag(s) containing the item andany soiled towels, etC. In the box and close the door. Take the box or, if ltwre Is no box, the bag(sj to a position as far away as possible from the flight deck .and passengers. I f a galley cr toilet is fitted; consider taklng the box or bag(s) against Ihe pressure bulkhead or fusdag0 wall. If a galby Is used, the box or bag(s) can be stowed In an emply waste bin container. If a tollet is used, h e box can be placed on (he floor or (he bag(sj stowed In an empty waste container. The toilet door should be locked from the outside. In a pressurlsed alrcrafi, If a tollet is used, any funlss will be vented away from passengers. Howeve?, If the airwaft Is unprassurised there may not be posilive pressure in a toilel to preventlumes away from entering the passenger cabin.

..,. , - . -

. Ensure m e " movlng a box Ihat the opening is kept upward or when moving a bag thal either receptacle containing the dangerous goods is kept uprigM or the area o l laakage is kepi at the top.

. . PAGEJS-14 , - . . . DANGEROUS GOODS CHAPTER 35 I , /.-,-

?

Wherever the box or bag[s) have been located, wedge them firmly in place to prevent them from moving aid'to keep the ilem upright. Ensure (hat the position of tlre box or bags will nal impede disembarkation from the aircraft.

I

. . - . , j

TREAT AFFECTED SEAT CUSHlONSlCOVERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS DANGEROUS GOODS ITEM , .

_. -. - ---&

Seat cushions, seat ,backs ar other furnishings which have been contaminated by a spillage shoclld be remaved from their fixtures and placed in a large bin bag or other polyelhylsne bag. together with any bags u s ~ d iniiially to cover them. They should be stowed away in the same'rnanner as (he dangerous goods ilem cmsing the incident.

Page 235: B737 Operations Manualghy

. .

I CHAPTER 35 , . DANGEROUS GOODS PAGE 35-1 5 1 .. . . &.

:;r ,

i

. COVER SPILMGE ON CARPEflFLOOR a

Cover any spnlage on the carpet or fumlshlngs wilh a.waste bag or other polye!hylene bags, .if available, If not;use airsickness bags opened out so that the plastic side coversthe spltlage or use the plastf~ covered emergency Information cards. ,

. . . , .. . .

.-I.-, - - - .> .- .-.. Carpel which has b a n contaminated by a splllage and which is still causing fumes

. .*, ..,. ., ..I . .- .. . despite being m e r e d , should be roll& up, If .pas-stble, and placed In a largo bin ba,g or other polyethylene hag. It should. t!a placed In a waste'bln and stowed, when possible, : either in the reac tobt or rear galley, If the carpet canriot be,removed it shoutd remaln covered by a large bin bag or polyethyiene bags, etc, and additional bags should be usedtoieducethefumes. - '

REGULARLY. INSPECT ITEMS STOWED AWAYICONTAMINATED FURNISHINGS

Any dangerous goods, contadhated furnishings or equipmenl which have been remove and slowed. away uc covered lor safety should be subject lo regular inspection.

. AFTER LANDING

IDENTIFY TO GROUND PERSONNEL DANGEROUS GOODS ITEM AND'WHERE STOWED

Upon arrivag takethe necessary steps to identify to the ground sldf where'the item is stowed. Pass on all intormation about the item.

MAKE APP~OPRIATE ENTRY IN,MAINTENANCE LOG Make an entry In the aircraft rnalntenance log so (hat proper maintenance aclion is undertaLen and that the emergency response kit or any aircrafl equipment used is replenished or replam when appropriate.

35-42 URCRAlT EMERGENCY RE$PONSE DRILLS

1. COMPLETE APPROPRIATE AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. '

2. CONSIDER LANOlNG AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE 3. USE DRILL FROM THE CHART BELGW

DRILL HO

1.

2. 0

-

INHERENT RISK

Erplosion nlay cause slnrclural failure

Gas. non. tlarnmable. plessr!re may creak lhazard in firc

RISK TO AIRCRAFT

Fire andlor explosion

Minima

RISK TO OCCUPANTS

As dicaled by Ihe drill :eller(sl

FIRE- FlGHTlNG

:-PROCEDURE All , agents according io availabilily: use slandaru

SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE -, - .- - -

Use 100% orygen: no smoking

ADOlT!O?rAL COHSIOERATlOtlS - - . Possible abrupl !ass of pressurisalion

As indicaled by the drill leltcr(s]

-- Use 100% origen: eslablish

or 'P' drill Ictlcr

Page 236: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 237: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 238: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 239: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 240: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 241: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 242: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 243: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 244: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 245: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 246: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 247: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 248: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 249: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 250: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 251: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 252: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 253: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 254: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 255: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 256: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 257: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 258: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 259: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 260: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 261: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 262: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 263: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 264: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 265: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 266: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 267: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 268: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 269: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 270: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 271: B737 Operations Manualghy
Page 272: B737 Operations Manualghy